Modular devices

MiniaModular devices

www.oez.com

Modular devicesMiniaCONTENTSINDEX ...................................................................................................................................................AMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS...................................................................................................................BRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS.....................................................................................................COVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS.........................................................................................................................DOTHER DEVICES..................................................................................................................................................EGLOSSARY ............................................................................................................................................................FWe recommend to use Modular devices in plastic and steel-plastic switchboards DistriTon, see catalogueDistribution boards and switchboard cabinets Distri.

Modular devicesMiniaINDEXAAPN.............................................E29AS................................................E57AST..............................................E29AVN.............................................E32CCS-FH000.................................... E59CS-L.............................................E59CS-N............................................E59CS-PE.......................................... E59EEKC..............................................E53ES-35-GS.....................................E53GG1L..............................................E52G2L..............................................E52G3L..............................................E52G4L..............................................E52OOD-LP-MP01............................... B30OD-LP-VP01................................ B29OD-LP-VU01................................B28OD-MIR....................................... E20OFE..............................................C14OFI...............................................C17OLE..............................................C2OLI...............................................C6PPS-LP........................................... B19PS-LS...........................................B19PS-LV...........................................C12PS-OF...........................................C22PS-OF125.................................... C22PS-RSI......................................... E6RRLP.............................................. E11RPR............................................. E2RSI...............................................E4, E5UUMB............................................ E47UMZ............................................ E47UNZ.............................................E48UNZR...........................................E48UTZ..............................................E48ZZSE.............................................. E51ZSF...............................................E51LLPE..............................................B2LPN............................................. B7LST...............................................B15MMAP.............................................E27MAR............................................ E27MCR.............................................E13MIR............................................. E20MKA............................................ E45MQA............................................ E24MQB............................................ E24MQC............................................ E24MSK.............................................E38MSP............................................. E32MST............................................. E40MT2.............................................E42MTR.............................................E17MTX.............................................E42NN3x10-FH000..............................E57SS1L..............................................E52S2L..............................................E52S3L..............................................E52S4L..............................................E52SC................................................E35, E43, E45SD................................................E35, E43, E45SE................................................E35, E43, E45SG................................................E35, E43, E45SJB.............................................. D3, D4SJBC............................................ D8SP-LP........................................... B25SP-LS...........................................B25SVBC............................................D9SVC..............................................D12SVD..............................................D16SVF...............................................D19SV-LP........................................... B22SV-LS...........................................B22SVM.............................................D13TTB................................................E37, E40TC................................................E37, E40TE................................................E37, E40TG................................................E37, E40A3

MiniaModular devicesNOTESA4

MiniaMiniature circuit breakers LPE up to 63 A (6 kA)......................................................... B2Miniature circuit breakers LPN up to 63 A (10 kA)...................................................... B7Miniature circuit breakers LST up to 125 A (10 kA).................................................. B15Auxiliary and relative switches.......................................................................................... B19Shunt trips..................................................................................................................................... B22Undervoltage releases............................................................................................................. B25Locking insert.............................................................................................................................. B28Sealing insert............................................................................................................................... B29Insulating barriers..................................................................................................................... B30MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERSB

MiniaLPEMiniature circuit breakersMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LPE UP TO 63 A (6 kA)Series of circuit breakers for building, housing and similarinstallations up to 63 A, 230/400 V a.c. and 60/220 V d.c.For protection of cables and conductors against overloadand short-circuit.Tripping characteristics B, C according to EN 60898.Current-limiting circuit breakers.Wide range of accessories – auxiliary and relativeswitches, undervoltage releases and shunt trips,interconnecting busbars etc.Possibility of locking and sealing in off or on position.Possibility of interconnection with residual currentcircuit breakers OLE (OLI) and OFE (OFI) by meansof interconnecting busbars.Miniature circuit breakers, 1-poleI nCharacteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package[A] Type Product code Type Product codeof modules [kg] [pcs]2 LPE-2B-1 34528 LPE-2C-1 34549 1 0.135 124 LPE-4B-1 34529 LPE-4C-1 34550 1 0.135 126 LPE-6B-1 34530 LPE-6C-1 34551 1 0.135 1210 LPE-10B-1 34532 LPE-10C-1 34553 1 0.135 1213 LPE-13B-1 34533 LPE-13C-1 34554 1 0.135 1216 LPE-16B-1 34534 LPE-16C-1 34555 1 0.135 1220 LPE-20B-1 34535 LPE-20C-1 34556 1 0.135 1225 LPE-25B-1 34536 LPE-25C-1 34557 1 0.135 1232 LPE-32B-1 34537 LPE-32C-1 34558 1 0.135 1240 LPE-40B-1 34538 LPE-40C-1 34559 1 0.135 1250 LPE-50B-1 34539 LPE-50C-1 34560 1 0.135 1263 LPE-63B-1 34540 LPE-63C-1 34561 1 0.135 12Miniature circuit breakers, 2-poleI nCharacteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package[A] Type Product code Type Product codeof modules [kg] [pcs]2 LPE-2B-2 34655 LPE-2C-2 34676 2 0.26 64 LPE-4B-2 34656 LPE-4C-2 34677 2 0.26 66 LPE-6B-2 34657 LPE-6C-2 34678 2 0.26 610 LPE-10B-2 34659 LPE-10C-2 34680 2 0.26 613 LPE-13B-2 34660 LPE-13C-2 34681 2 0.26 616 LPE-16B-2 34661 LPE-16C-2 34682 2 0.26 620 LPE-20B-2 34662 LPE-20C-2 34683 2 0.26 625 LPE-25B-2 34663 LPE-25C-2 34684 2 0.26 632 LPE-32B-2 34664 LPE-32C-2 34685 2 0.26 640 LPE-40B-2 34665 LPE-40C-2 34686 2 0.26 650 LPE-50B-2 34666 LPE-50C-2 34687 2 0.26 663 LPE-63B-2 34667 LPE-63C-2 34688 2 0.26 6Miniature circuit breakers, 3-poleI nCharacteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package[A] Type Product code Type Product codeof modules [kg] [pcs]2 LPE-2B-3 34870 LPE-2C-3 34891 3 0.39 44 LPE-4B-3 34871 LPE-4C-3 34892 3 0.39 46 LPE-6B-3 34872 LPE-6C-3 34893 3 0.39 410 LPE-10B-3 34874 LPE-10C-3 34895 3 0.39 413 LPE-13B-3 34875 LPE-13C-3 34896 3 0.39 416 LPE-16B-3 34876 LPE-16C-3 34897 3 0.39 420 LPE-20B-3 34877 LPE-20C-3 34898 3 0.39 425 LPE-25B-3 34878 LPE-25C-3 34899 3 0.39 432 LPE-32B-3 34879 LPE-32C-3 34900 3 0.39 440 LPE-40B-3 34880 LPE-40C-3 34901 3 0.39 450 LPE-50B-3 34881 LPE-50C-3 34902 3 0.39 463 LPE-63B-3 34882 LPE-63C-3 34903 3 0.39 4AccessoriesAuxiliary and relative switches PS-LP-.. page B19Shunt trips SV-LP-.. page B22Undervoltage releases SP-LP-.. page B25Locking insert OD-LP-VU01 page B28Sealing insert OD-LP-VP01 page B29Insulating barriers OD-LP-MP01 page B30Interconnecting busbars G1L-.., G2L-.., G3L-.., S1L-.., S2L-.., S3L-.. page E52Terminal extensions AS-.. page E57B2

LPEMiniature circuit breakersMiniaMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LPE UP TO 63 A (6 kA)DescriptionNOTICEABLE CONTACT STATE INDICATORUnambiguously define the state of the circuit breaker.Lever downSWITCHED OFFLever upSWITCHED ONEASY CONNECTIONUpper and lower combined terminal with a secured screwmakes it possible to connect interconnecting busbars with forksand conductors up to 25 mm 2 by one screw.Plastic cover fills in the space under the terminal and thusprevents wrong insertion of conductor to the terminal. Top and bottom connection of circuit breakers by theinterconnecting busbar.Bottom connection of circuit breakers and residualcurrent circuit breakers by the interconnecting busbar.Interconnecting busbars and terminal extensionssee on page E52 - E57.NON-INTERCHANGEABILITY OF RATED CURRENTNon-removable coloured sign according to the ratedcurrent of the circuit breaker. Target colours correspond withthe colours of the threaded fuse-links.I n[A] Colour2 pink4 brown6 green10 red13 sandy16 grey20 blue25 yellow32 violet40 black50 white63 copperPrinting on circuit breaker is made by a laser – it isindelible.WITHDRAWAL OF CIRCUIT BREAKER FROM THE LINEOF DEVICESWithout interruption of adjacent current circuits.Provided by special top and bottom pawl.Withdrawal at top connection (circuit breakers, tumblerpower switches) and at bottom connection (circuit breakersand residual current circuit breakers).Secured screwFor interconnecting busbars with forksFor conductors up to 25 mm 2Plastic coverFor interconnecting busbars wiht pinsTop connectionBottom connectionB3

MiniaLPEMiniature circuit breakersMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LPE UP TO 63 A (6 kA)SpecificationsTypeStandards EN 60898-1Approval marksLPENumber of poles 1, 2, 3Tripping characteristicsB, CRated current I n 2 ÷ 63 ARated operating voltage U e 230/400 V a.c. / 60/220 V d.c. 1)Max. operating voltage U max 253/440 V a.c. / 66/242 V d.c. 1)Min. operating voltage U min 12 V a.c. / d.c.Rated frequency f n 40 ÷ 60 HzRated short-circuit breaking capacity (EN 60898) I cn 6 kAEndurance mechanical 20 000 operating cycleselectrical4 000 operating cyclesEnergy limitation class 3Rated impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50 μs) U imp 6 kVOvervoltage category (IEC 664-1)IVMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35Degree of protectionIP20Connection conductor Cu - rigid (solid, stranded) 0.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 , 2x(0.5 ÷10) mm 2conductor Cu - flexible 0.5 ÷ 16 mm 2interconnecting busbar IEC - thickness2 mmtorque2 Nmtop or bottom connectionyesOperating conditions ambient temperature -30 ÷ +55 °Cworking positionarbitraryseismic resistance IEC 980:1993 2)1)Single-pole connection / two-pole connection2)It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and TemelínInternal impedance Z, powers losses P, impedance Z sI nZ 1) P 1) Max. impedance of fault loop Z s[Ω] 2)[A] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] characteristic B characteristic C2 375.00 1.50 23.1 12.84 98.00 1.55 11.6 6.46 26.00 0.95 7.7 4.310 12.60 1.25 4.6 2.613 10.80 1.85 3.6 2.016 7.56 1.95 2.9 1.620 5.70 2.30 2.3 1.325 4.24 2.65 1.8 1.032 2.72 2.80 1.4 0.840 2.18 3.50 1.2 0.650 1.56 3.90 0.9 0.563 1.37 5.40 0.7 0.41)Average values per pole protected2)For TN network. U = 230 V, break time up to 0.4 s; if the measured value exceeds the table value, use residual current circuit breakerCorrection of rated currents of miniature circuit breakers LPEI nCorrection of rated currents for ambient temperature -30 °C up to + 60 °C [A] 1) Correction of rated currents of miniature circuit breakers installed side by side [A] 2)[A] -30 °C -20 °C -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C 50 °C 60 °C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 82 2.6 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 2 1.9 1.8 1.7 2 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.74 5.2 5 4.8 4.6 4.4 4.2 4 3.7 3.5 3.4 4 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.46 7.8 7.5 7.2 6.9 6.6 6.3 6 5.6 5.3 5 6 5.7 5.5 5.3 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.110 13 12.5 12 11.5 11 10.5 10 9.3 8.8 8.4 10 9.5 9.2 8.9 8.7 8.5 8.5 8.513 16.9 16.3 15.6 15 14.3 13.7 13 12.1 11.4 10.9 13 12.4 11.9 11.6 11.3 11.1 11.1 11.116 20.8 20 19.2 18.4 17.6 16.8 16 14.9 14.1 13.4 16 15.2 14.7 14.2 13.9 13.6 13.6 13.620 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 18.6 17.6 16.8 20 19 18.3 17.8 17.3 17.1 17 1725 32.5 31.3 30 28.8 27.5 26.3 25 23.3 22 21 25 23.8 22.9 22.3 21.7 21.3 21.3 21.332 41.6 40 38.4 36.8 35.2 33.6 32 29.8 28.2 26.9 32 30.4 29.3 28.5 27.7 27.3 27.2 27.240 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 37.2 35.2 33.6 40 38 36.6 25.6 34.7 34.1 34 3450 65 62.5 60 57.5 55 52.5 50 46.5 44 42 50 47.5 45.8 44.5 43.4 42.7 42.5 42.563 81.9 78.8 75.6 72.5 69.3 66.2 63 58.6 55.4 52.9 63 59.9 57.7 56.1 54.6 53.7 53.6 53.61)Valid for 1 pole and any characteristic at reference temperature 30 °C2)Valid for reference temperature 30 °CB4

LPEMiniature circuit breakersMiniaMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LPE UP TO 63 A (6 kA)Selectivity of LPE miniature circuit breakers characteristics B with back-up fuses [kA]Selectivity of LPE miniature circuit breakers characteristics C with back-up fuses [kA]LPE PN, PV gG LPE PN, PV gGI n[A] 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 I n[A] 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 1002 x 1 6 6 6 6 6 6 2 x 1 6 6 6 6 6 64 x 1 1.5 6 6 6 6 6 4 x 1 1.5 6 6 6 6 66 x 1 1.5 2 6 6 6 6 6 x 1 1.5 2 6 6 6 610 x 1 1.5 2 5 6 6 6 10 x x 1.5 2 5 6 6 613 x x 1.5 2 2.5 6 6 6 13 x x 1.5 2 2.5 6 6 616 x x 1.5 2 2.5 6 6 6 16 x x 1.5 2 2.5 6 6 620 x x x 2 2.5 5 6 6 20 x x x x 2.5 5 6 625 x x x x 2.5 5 6 6 25 x x x x 2.5 5 6 632 x x x x x 3.5 6 6 32 x x x x x 3.5 6 640 x x x x x 1 5 6 40 x x x x x x 5 650 x x x x x x 3 6 50 x x x x x x 3 663 x x x x x x 3 6 63 x x x x x x x 6x - without selectivityx - without selectivityThe time selectivity of particular combination up to the value of short-circuit currentI k´´ shown in the table is ensured in case of short-circuit behind the LPE circuit breakerwith back-up fuse-link.Which means that at short-circuit of particular combination under the I k´´value onlythe circuit breaker actuates. In case the short-circuit current value is bigger than I k´´value then also the back-up fuse-link actuates.Example:Circuit breaker LPE-16B-... actuates earlier than back-up fuse-link with rated current50 A up to short-circuit current 2.5 kA.PV, PN gGLPEI kDimensionsLPE-..-1 LPE-..-2 LPE-..-3~4.5~7364~9035458617.5 35 52.5~4.5 4472DiagramLPE-..-1 LPE-..-2 LPE-..-31 1 31 35224246B5

MiniaLPEMiniature circuit breakersMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LPE UP TO 63 A (6 kA)Characteristicsmin.120603010510 0005 0001 0005001.13 In1.45 InAt ambient temperature +30°CCharacteristic B: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which does not causecurrent surges (lighting and socket circuits etc.).The short-circuit release is set to (3 ÷ 5) I n.Characteristic C: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes currentsurges (light bulb groups, motors etc.).The short-circuit release is set to (6 ÷ 9) I n.21t[s]v1005010510.5Tripping characteristics of circuit breakers according to EN 60898-1Thermal releaseTripping characteristic typeB, CConventional non-tripping current I ntfor t ≥ 1 hI nt= 1,13 I nConventional tripping current I tfor t < 1 hI t= 1,45 I nCurrent I 3for 1 s < t < 60 s (for I n≤ 32 A)1 s < t < 120 s (for In > 32 A)I 3= 2,55 I nt - break time of the circuit breaker0.10.010.0060.0020.001B C1 2 3 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 60 80B Cx I nElectromagnetic releaseTripping characteristic typeBCCurrent I 4pro 0,1 s < t < 45 s (for I n≤ 32 A)0,1 s < t < 90 s (for In > 32 A)I 4= 3 I n0,1 s < t < 15 s (for I n≤ 32 A)0,1 s < t < 30 s (for In > 32 A)I 4= 5 I nCurrent I 5for t < 0,1 s I 5= 5 I nI 5= 10 I nt - break time of the circuit breakerCharacteristics I 2 t90 00070 00050 00040 00030 00020 00015 00010 000700050004000300020001 500LPE-..B-163 50 40 32 25 20 16 A13 A10 A6A4A2A90 00070 00050 00040 00030 00020 00015 00010 0007 0005 0004 0003 0002 0001500LPE-..C-163 A50 A40 A32 A25 A20 A16 A13 A10 A6A4A2AI t[A s]2 21000700500400300I t[A s]2 21 000700500400300200150200150100705040301007050403020208009001 0001 5002 0003 000I [A]p4 0005 0006 00010 00015 0008009001 0001 5002 0003 000I [A]p4 0005 0006 00010 00015 000B6

LPNMiniature circuit breakersMiniaMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LPN UP TO 63 A (10 kA)For building, commercial and industrial installationsup to 63 A 230/400 V a.c. and 220/440 V d.c.For protection of cables and conductors against overloadand short-circuit.Tripping characteristics B, C, D according to EN 60898.Current-limiting circuit breakers.Wide range of accessories – auxiliary and relativeswitches, undervoltage releases and shunt trips,interconnecting busbars etc.Breaking capacity I cn10 kA – to achieve higher I cn(up to120 kA) it is recommended to use cylindrical fuse-linksPV in fuse switch-disconnectors.Possibility of interconnection with residual currentcircuit breakers OLE (OLI) and OFE (OFI) by meansof interconnecting busbars.Possibility of locking and sealing in off or on position.N-pole of circuit breakers LPN-...-1N and LPN-...-3Ncontains neither thermal nor short-circuit release, inswitching on it closes before and in switching off itopens after the other poles.For circuit breakers LPN-DC-... device polarity must bealways observed in connecting.Miniature circuit breakers, 1-poleI nCharacteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package[A] TypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeof modules [kg] [pcs]0.2 LPN-0,2B-1 34159 LPN-0,2C-1 33880 LPN-0,2D-1 33901 1 0.135 120.4 LPN-0,4B-1 34160 LPN-0,4C-1 33881 LPN-0,4D-1 33902 1 0.135 120.5 - - LPN-0,5C-1 33882 LPN-0,5D-1 33903 1 0.135 120.6 LPN-0,6B-1 34161 LPN-0,6C-1 33883 LPN-0,6D-1 33904 1 0.135 120.8 LPN-0,8B-1 33863 LPN-0,8C-1 33884 LPN-0,8D-1 33905 1 0.135 121 LPN-1B-1 33864 LPN-1C-1 33885 LPN-1D-1 33906 1 0.135 121.2 LPN-1,2B-1 33865 LPN-1,2C-1 33886 LPN-1,2D-1 33907 1 0.135 121.6 LPN-1,6B-1 33866 LPN-1,6C-1 33887 LPN-1,6D-1 33908 1 0.135 122 LPN-2B-1 33867 LPN-2C-1 33888 LPN-2D-1 33909 1 0.135 124 LPN-4B-1 33868 LPN-4C-1 33889 LPN-4D-1 33910 1 0.135 126 LPN-6B-1 33869 LPN-6C-1 33890 LPN-6D-1 33911 1 0.135 128 LPN-8B-1 33870 LPN-8C-1 33891 LPN-8D-1 33912 1 0.135 1210 LPN-10B-1 33871 LPN-10C-1 33892 LPN-10D-1 33913 1 0.135 1213 LPN-13B-1 33872 LPN-13C-1 33893 LPN-13D-1 33914 1 0.135 1216 LPN-16B-1 33873 LPN-16C-1 33894 LPN-16D-1 33915 1 0.135 1220 LPN-20B-1 33874 LPN-20C-1 33895 LPN-20D-1 33916 1 0.135 1225 LPN-25B-1 33875 LPN-25C-1 33896 LPN-25D-1 33917 1 0.135 1232 LPN-32B-1 33876 LPN-32C-1 33897 LPN-32D-1 33918 1 0.135 1240 LPN-40B-1 33877 LPN-40C-1 33898 LPN-40D-1 33919 1 0.135 1250 LPN-50B-1 33878 LPN-50C-1 33899 LPN-50D-1 33920 1 0.135 1263 LPN-63B-1 33879 LPN-63C-1 33900 LPN-63D-1 33921 1 0.135 12Miniature circuit breakers 1+N-poleI nCharacteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package[A] TypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeof modules [kg] [pcs]2 - - LPN-2C-1N 33933 - - 2 0.25 64 - - LPN-4C-1N 33934 - - 2 0.25 66 LPN-6B-1N 33922 LPN-6C-1N 33935 LPN-6D-1N 33946 2 0.25 68 LPN-8B-1N 33923 LPN-8C-1N 33936 LPN-8D-1N 33947 2 0.25 610 LPN-10B-1N 33924 LPN-10C-1N 33937 LPN-10D-1N 33948 2 0.25 613 LPN-13B-1N 33925 LPN-13C-1N 33938 LPN-13D-1N 33949 2 0.25 616 LPN-16B-1N 33926 LPN-16C-1N 33939 LPN-16D-1N 33950 2 0.25 620 LPN-20B-1N 33927 LPN-20C-1N 33940 LPN-20D-1N 33951 2 0.25 625 LPN-25B-1N 33928 LPN-25C-1N 33941 LPN-25D-1N 33952 2 0.25 632 LPN-32B-1N 33929 LPN-32C-1N 33942 LPN-32D-1N 33953 2 0.25 640 LPN-40B-1N 33930 LPN-40C-1N 33943 LPN-40D-1N 33954 2 0.25 650 LPN-50B-1N 33931 LPN-50C-1N 33944 LPN-50D-1N 33955 2 0.25 663 LPN-63B-1N 33932 LPN-63C-1N 33945 LPN-63D-1N 33956 2 0.25 6B7

MiniaLPNMiniature circuit breakersMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LPN UP TO 63 A (10 kA)Miniature circuit breakers, 2-poleI nCharacteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package[A] TypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeof modules [kg] [pcs]0.2 - - LPN-0,2C-2 33968 LPN-0,2D-2 33989 2 0.26 60.4 - - LPN-0,4C-2 33969 LPN-0,4D-2 33990 2 0.26 60.5 - - LPN-0,5C-2 33970 LPN-0,5D-2 33991 2 0.26 60.6 - - LPN-0,6C-2 33971 LPN-0,6D-2 33992 2 0.26 60.8 - - LPN-0,8C-2 33972 LPN-0,8D-2 33993 2 0.26 61 LPN-1B-2 34162 LPN-1C-2 33973 LPN-1D-2 33994 2 0.26 61.2 - - LPN-1,2C-2 33974 LPN-1,2D-2 33995 2 0.26 61.6 - - LPN-1,6C-2 33975 LPN-1,6D-2 33996 2 0.26 62 LPN-2B-2 34163 LPN-2C-2 33976 LPN-2D-2 33997 2 0.26 64 LPN-4B-2 34164 LPN-4C-2 33977 LPN-4D-2 33998 2 0.26 66 LPN-6B-2 33957 LPN-6C-2 33978 LPN-6D-2 33999 2 0.26 68 LPN-8B-2 33958 LPN-8C-2 33979 LPN-8D-2 34000 2 0.26 610 LPN-10B-2 33959 LPN-10C-2 33980 LPN-10D-2 34001 2 0.26 613 LPN-13B-2 33960 LPN-13C-2 33981 LPN-13D-2 34002 2 0.26 616 LPN-16B-2 33961 LPN-16C-2 33982 LPN-16D-2 34003 2 0.26 620 LPN-20B-2 33962 LPN-20C-2 33983 LPN-20D-2 34004 2 0.26 625 LPN-25B-2 33963 LPN-25C-2 33984 LPN-25D-2 34005 2 0.26 632 LPN-32B-2 33964 LPN-32C-2 33985 LPN-32D-2 34006 2 0.26 640 LPN-40B-2 33965 LPN-40C-2 33986 LPN-40D-2 34007 2 0.26 650 LPN-50B-2 33966 LPN-50C-2 33987 - - 2 0.26 663 LPN-63B-2 33967 LPN-63C-2 33988 - - 2 0.26 6Miniature circuit breakers, 3-poleI nCharacteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package[A] TypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeof modules [kg] [pcs]0.2 LPN-0,2B-3 34165 LPN-0,2C-3 34027 LPN-0,2D-3 34048 3 0.39 40.4 - - LPN-0,4C-3 34028 LPN-0,4D-3 34049 3 0.39 40.5 LPN-0,5B-3 34008 LPN-0,5C-3 34029 LPN-0,5D-3 34050 3 0.39 40.6 LPN-0,6B-3 34009 LPN-0,6C-3 34030 LPN-0,6D-3 34051 3 0.39 40.8 LPN-0,8B-3 34010 LPN-0,8C-3 34031 LPN-0,8D-3 34052 3 0.39 41 LPN-1B-3 34011 LPN-1C-3 34032 LPN-1D-3 34053 3 0.39 41.2 LPN-1,2B-3 34012 LPN-1,2C-3 34033 LPN-1,2D-3 34054 3 0.39 41.6 LPN-1,6B-3 34013 LPN-1,6C-3 34034 LPN-1,6D-3 34055 3 0.39 42 LPN-2B-3 34014 LPN-2C-3 34035 LPN-2D-3 34056 3 0.39 44 LPN-4B-3 34015 LPN-4C-3 34036 LPN-4D-3 34057 3 0.39 46 LPN-6B-3 34016 LPN-6C-3 34037 LPN-6D-3 34058 3 0.39 48 LPN-8B-3 34017 LPN-8C-3 34038 LPN-8D-3 34059 3 0.39 410 LPN-10B-3 34018 LPN-10C-3 34039 LPN-10D-3 34060 3 0.39 413 LPN-13B-3 34019 LPN-13C-3 34040 LPN-13D-3 34061 3 0.39 416 LPN-16B-3 34020 LPN-16C-3 34041 LPN-16D-3 34062 3 0.39 420 LPN-20B-3 34021 LPN-20C-3 34042 LPN-20D-3 34063 3 0.39 425 LPN-25B-3 34022 LPN-25C-3 34043 LPN-25D-3 34064 3 0.39 432 LPN-32B-3 34023 LPN-32C-3 34044 LPN-32D-3 34065 3 0.39 440 LPN-40B-3 34024 LPN-40C-3 34045 LPN-40D-3 34066 3 0.39 450 LPN-50B-3 34025 LPN-50C-3 34046 LPN-50D-3 34067 3 0.39 463 LPN-63B-3 34026 LPN-63C-3 34047 LPN-63D-3 34068 3 0.39 4Miniature circuit breakers, 3+N-poleI nCharacteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package[A] TypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeof modules [kg] [pcs]2 LPN-2B-3N 34069 - - - - 4 0.505 34 LPN-4B-3N 34070 - - - - 4 0.505 36 LPN-6B-3N 34071 LPN-6C-3N 34082 LPN-6D-3N 34093 4 0.505 38 LPN-8B-3N 34072 LPN-8C-3N 34083 LPN-8D-3N 34094 4 0.505 310 LPN-10B-3N 34073 LPN-10C-3N 34084 LPN-10D-3N 34095 4 0.505 313 LPN-13B-3N 34074 LPN-13C-3N 34085 LPN-13D-3N 34096 4 0.505 316 LPN-16B-3N 34075 LPN-16C-3N 34086 LPN-16D-3N 34097 4 0.505 320 LPN-20B-3N 34076 LPN-20C-3N 34087 LPN-20D-3N 34098 4 0.505 325 LPN-25B-3N 34077 LPN-25C-3N 34088 LPN-25D-3N 34099 4 0.505 332 LPN-32B-3N 34078 LPN-32C-3N 34089 LPN-32D-3N 34100 4 0.505 340 LPN-40B-3N 34079 LPN-40C-3N 34090 LPN-40D-3N 34101 4 0.505 350 LPN-50B-3N 34080 LPN-50C-3N 34091 - - 4 0.505 363 LPN-63B-3N 34081 LPN-63C-3N 34092 - - 4 0.505 3B8

LPNMiniature circuit breakersMiniaMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LPN UP TO 63 A (10 kA)DC miniature circuit breakers, 1-poleI nCharacteristic C Number Weight Package[A] TypeProduct codeof modules [kg] [pcs]2 LPN-DC-2C-1 34115 1 0.14 124 LPN-DC-4C-1 34116 1 0.14 126 LPN-DC-6C-1 34117 1 0.14 128 LPN-DC-8C-1 34118 1 0.14 1210 LPN-DC-10C-1 34119 1 0.14 1213 LPN-DC-13C-1 34120 1 0.14 1216 LPN-DC-16C-1 34121 1 0.14 1220 LPN-DC-20C-1 34122 1 0.14 1225 LPN-DC-25C-1 34123 1 0.14 1232 LPN-DC-32C-1 34124 1 0.14 1240 LPN-DC-40C-1 34125 1 0.14 1250 LPN-DC-50C-1 34126 1 0.14 1263 LPN-DC-63C-1 34127 1 0.14 12DC miniature circuit breakers, 2-poleI nCharacteristic C Number Weight Package[A] TypeProduct codeof modules [kg] [pcs]2 LPN-DC-2C-2 34141 2 0.27 64 LPN-DC-4C-2 34142 2 0.27 66 LPN-DC-6C-2 34143 2 0.27 68 LPN-DC-8C-2 34144 2 0.27 610 LPN-DC-10C-2 34145 2 0.27 613 LPN-DC-13C-2 34146 2 0.27 616 LPN-DC-16C-2 34147 2 0.27 620 LPN-DC-20C-2 34148 2 0.27 625 LPN-DC-25C-2 34149 2 0.27 632 LPN-DC-32C-2 34150 2 0.27 640 LPN-DC-40C-2 34151 2 0.27 650 LPN-DC-50C-2 34152 2 0.27 663 LPN-DC-63C-2 34153 2 0.27 6AccessoriesAuxiliary and relative switches PS-LP-.. page B19Shunt trips SV-LP-.. page B22Undervoltage releases SP-LP-.. page B25Locking insert OD-LP-VU01 page B28Sealing insert OD-LP-VP01 page B29Insulating barriers OD-LP-MP01 page B30Interconnecting busbars G1L-.., G2L-.., G3L-.., G4L-.., S1L-.., S2L-.., S3L-.. page E52Terminal extensions AS-.. page E57B9

MiniaLPNMiniature circuit breakersMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LPN UP TO 63 A (10 kA)DescriptionNOTICEABLE CONTACT STATE INDICATORUnambiguously define the state of the circuit breaker.Lever downSWITCHED OFFLever upSWITCHED ONEASY CONNECTIONUpper and lower combined terminal with a securedscrew makes it possible to connect interconnectingbusbars with forks and conductors up to 25 mm 2 by onescrew.Plastic cover fills in the space under the terminal and thusprevents wrong insertion of conductor to the terminal.Top and bottom connection of circuit breakers by theinterconnecting busbar.Bottom connection of circuit breakers and residualcurrent circuit breakers by the interconnecting busbar.Interconnecting busbars and terminal extensionssee on page E52 - E57.NON-INTERCHANGEABILITY OF RATED CURRENTNon-removable coloured sign according to the ratedcurrent of the circuit breaker. Target colours correspondwith the colours of the threaded fuse-links.I n[A] Colour0.2 ÷ 1.6 black2 pink4 brown6 green8 light green10 red13 sandy16 grey20 blue25 yellow32 violet40 black50 white63 copperPrinting on circuit breaker is made by a laser – it isindelible.WITHDRAWAL OF CIRCUIT BREAKER FROM THE LINEOF DEVICESWithout interruption of adjacent current circuits.Provided by special top and bottom pawl.Withdrawal at top connection (circuit breakers, tumblerpower switches) and at bottom connection (circuit breakersand residual current circuit breakers).Secured screwFor interconnecting busbars with forksFor conductors up to 25 mm 2Plastic coverFor interconnecting busbars wiht pinsTop connectionBottom connectionB10

LPNMiniature circuit breakersMiniaMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LPN UP TO 63 A (10 kA)SpecificationsType LPN LPN-DCStandards EN 60898-1 EN 60898-2 1)Approval marksNumber of poles 1, 1+N, 2, 3, 3+N 1, 2Tripping characteristics B, C, D CRated current I n 0.2 ÷ 63 A 2 ÷ 63 ARated operating voltage U e 230/400 V a.c. / 60/220 V d.c. 2) 220/440 V d.c. 2)Max. operating voltage U max 253/440 V a.c. / 66/242 V d.c. 2) 242/484 V d.c. 2)Min. operating voltage U min 12 V a.c. / d.c. 12 V d.c.Rated frequency f n 40 ÷ 60 Hz -Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (EN 60898-1) I cn 10 kA -Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (EN 60898-2) I cn - 10 kA (τ ≤ 5 ms)Short-circuit service breaking capacity (EN 60898-2) I cs - 100 % I cnEndurance mechanical 20 000 operating cycles 20 000 operating cycleselectrical 4 000 operating cycles 4 000 operating cyclesEnergy limitation class 3 3Rated impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50 μs) U imp 6 kV 6 kVOvervoltage category (IEC 664-1) IV IVMounting on “U” rail according to EN - type TH 35 TH 35Degree of protection IP20 IP20Connection conductor Cu - rigid (solid, stranded) 0.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 , 2x(0.5 ÷ 10) mm 2 0.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 , 2x(0.5 ÷ 10) mm 2conductor Cu - flexible 0.5 ÷ 16 mm 2 0.5 ÷ 16 mm 2interconnecting busbar IEC - thickness 2 mm 2 mmtorque 2 Nm 2 Nmtop or bottom connection yes yes 3)Operating conditions ambient temperature -30 ÷ +55 °C -30 ÷ +55 °Cworking position arbitrary arbitraryseismic resistance IEC 980:1993 4) IEC 980:1993 4)1)DC tests2)Single-pole connection / two-pole connection3)It is necessary to keep the polarity marked on the circuit breaker in d.c. circuits4)It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and TemelínInternal impedance Z, powers losses P, impedance Z sI nZ 1) P 1) Max. impedance of fault loop Z s[Ω] 2)[A] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] characteristic B characteristic C characteristic D0.2 30650 1.25 230.9 128.3 72.20.4 7670 1.25 115.5 64.2 36.10.5 5440 1.35 92.4 51.3 28.90.6 3400 1.20 77.0 42.8 24.10.8 2130 1.35 57.8 32.1 18.01 1350 1.35 46.2 25.7 14.41.2 763 1.10 38.5 21.4 12.01.6 544 1.40 28.9 16.0 9.02 392 1.55 23.1 12.8 7.24 75.50 1.20 11.6 6.4 3.66 26.00 0.95 7.7 4.3 2.48 17.40 1.10 5.8 3.2 1.810 12.60 1.25 4.6 2.6 1.413 10.80 1.85 3.6 2.0 1.116 7.56 1.95 2.9 1.6 0.920 5.70 2.30 2.3 1.3 0.725 4.24 2.65 1.8 1.0 0.632 2.72 2.80 1.4 0.8 0.540 2.18 3.50 1.2 0.6 0.450 1.56 3.90 0.9 0.5 0.363 1.37 5.40 0.7 0.4 0.21)Average values per pole protected2)For TN network, U = 230 V, break time up to 0.4 s; if the measured value exceeds the table value, use residual current circuit breakerB11

MiniaLPNMiniature circuit breakersMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LPN UP TO 63 A (10 kA)Correction of rated currents of miniature circuit breakers LPNI nCorrection of rated currents for ambient temperature -30 °C up to + 60 °C [A] 1) Correction of rated currents of miniature circuit breakers installed side by side [A] 2)[A] -30 °C -20 °C -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C 50 °C 60 °C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 80.2 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.2 0.19 0.18 0.19 0.2 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.17 0.170.4 0.52 0.50 0.48 0.46 0.44 0.42 0.4 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.4 0.38 0.37 0.36 0.35 0.34 0.34 0.340.5 0.65 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.5 0.47 0.44 0.42 0.5 0.48 0.46 0.45 0.44 0.43 0.43 0.430.6 0.78 0.75 0.72 0.69 0.66 0.63 0.6 0.56 0.53 0.50 0.6 0.57 0.55 0.53 0.52 0.51 0.51 0.510.8 1.04 1 0.96 0.92 0.88 0.84 0.8 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.8 0.76 0.73 0.71 0.69 0.68 0.68 0.681 1.30 1.25 1.20 1.15 1.10 1.05 1 0.93 0.88 0.84 1 0.95 0.92 0.89 0.87 0.86 0.85 0.851.2 1.56 1.50 1.44 1.38 1.32 1.26 1.2 1.12 1.06 1.01 1.2 1.14 1.10 1.07 1.04 1.02 1.02 1.021.6 2.08 2 1.92 1.84 1.76 1.68 1.6 1.49 1.41 1.34 1.6 1.52 1.47 1.42 1.39 1.37 1.36 1.362 2.60 2.50 2.40 2.30 2.20 2.10 2 1.90 1.80 1.70 2 1.90 1.80 1.80 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.704 5.20 5 4.80 4.60 4.40 4.20 4 3.70 3.50 3.40 4 3.80 3.70 3.60 3.50 3.40 3.40 3.406 7.80 7.50 7.20 6.90 6.60 6.30 6 5.60 5.30 5 6 5.70 5.50 5.30 5.20 5.10 5.10 5.108 10.40 10 9.60 9.20 8.80 8.40 8 7.40 7 6.70 8 7.60 7.30 7.10 6.90 6.80 6.80 6.8010 13 12.50 12 11.50 11 10.50 10 9.30 8.80 8.40 10 9.50 9.20 8.90 8.70 8.60 8.50 8.5013 16.90 16.30 15.60 15 14.30 13.70 13 12.10 11.40 10.90 13 12.40 11.90 11.60 11.30 11.20 11.10 11.1016 20.80 20 19.20 18.40 17.60 16.80 16 14.90 14.10 13.40 16 15.20 14.70 14.20 13.90 13.70 13.60 13.6020 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 18.60 17.60 16.80 20 19 18.30 17.80 17.30 17.10 17 1725 32.50 31.30 30 28.80 27.50 26.30 25 23.30 22 21 25 23.80 22.90 22.30 21.70 21.40 21.30 21.3032 41.60 40 38.40 36.80 35.20 33.60 32 29.80 28.20 26.90 32 30.40 29.30 28.50 27.70 27.30 27.20 27.2040 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 37.20 35.20 33.60 40 38 36.60 25.60 34.70 34.10 34 3450 65 62.50 60 57.50 55 52.50 50 46.50 44 42 50 47.50 45.80 44.50 43.40 42.70 42.50 42.5063 81.90 78.80 75.60 72.50 69.30 66.20 63 58.60 55.40 52.90 63 59.90 57.70 56.10 54.60 53.70 53.60 53.601)Valid for 1 pole and any characteristic at reference temperature 30 °C2)Valid for reference temperature 30 °CSelectivity of LPN miniature circuit breakers characteristics B with back-up fuses [kA]Selectivity of LPN miniature circuit breakers characteristics C with back-up fuses [kA]LPN PN, PV gG LPN PN, PV gGI n[A] 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 I n[A] 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100≤ 1.2 0.5 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 ≤ 1.2 0.5 6 10 10 10 10 10 101.6 0.5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 1.6 0.5 5 10 10 10 10 10 102 x 1 6 10 10 10 10 10 2 x 1 6 10 10 10 10 104 x 1 1.5 6 10 10 10 10 4 x 1 1.5 6 10 10 10 106 x 1 1.5 2 6 10 10 10 6 x 1 1.5 2 6 10 10 108 x 1 1.5 2 6 10 10 10 8 x 1 1.5 2 6 10 10 1010 x 1 1.5 2 5 10 10 10 10 x x 1.5 2 5 10 10 1013 x x 1.5 2 2.5 6 10 10 13 x x 1.5 2 2.5 6 10 1016 x x 1.5 2 2.5 6 10 10 16 x x 1.5 2 2.5 6 10 1020 x x x 2 2.5 5 10 10 20 x x x x 2.5 5 10 1025 x x x x 2.5 5 10 10 25 x x x x 2.5 5 10 1032 x x x x x 3.5 6 10 32 x x x x x 3.5 6 1040 x x x x x 1 5 10 40 x x x x x x 5 1050 x x x x x x 3 6 50 x x x x x x 3 663 x x x x x x 3 6 63 x x x x x x x 6x - without selectivityx - without selectivitySelectivity of LPN miniature circuit breakers characteristics D with back-up fuses [kA]LPN PN, PV gGI n[A] 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100≤ 1.2 0.5 6 10 10 10 10 10 101.6 0.5 5 10 10 10 10 10 102 x 1 6 10 10 10 10 104 x 1 1.5 6 10 10 10 106 x 1 1.5 2 6 10 10 108 x x 1.5 2 6 10 10 1010 x x x 2 5 10 10 1013 x x x x 2.5 6 10 1016 x x x x 2.5 6 10 1020 x x x x x 5 10 1025 x x x x x x 10 1032 x x x x x x 6 1040 x x x x x x x 1050 x x x x x x x x63 x x x x x x x xx - without selectivityThe time selectivity of particular combination up to the valueof short-circuit current I k´´ shown in the table is ensuredin case of short-circuit behind the LPN circuit breaker withback-up fuse-link.Which means that at short-circuit of particular combinationunder the I k´´value only the circuit breaker actuates. In casethe short-circuit current value is bigger than I k´´ , value thenalso the back-up fuse-link actuates.Example:Circuit breaker LPN-16B-... actuates earlier than back-up fuse--link with rated current 50 A up to short-circuit current 2.5 kA.PV, PN gGLPNI kB12

LPNMiniature circuit breakersMiniaMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LPN UP TO 63 A (10 kA)DimensionsLPN-..-1LPN-DC-..-1LPN-..-1NLPN-..-2LPN-DC-..-2LPN-..-3LPN-..3N~4. 5~7364~9035458617.5 35 52.570~4.5 4472DiagramLPN-..-1LPN-..-1N LPN-..-2 LPN-..-3 LPN-..-3N LPN-DC-..-1LPN-DC-..-211N11 31 35 1 35N11 1 322 N22 42 46246N2224Protection of DC circuitsFor protection of d.c. circuits it is possible to use LPE, LPN circuitbreakers and LPN-DC circuit breakers depending on voltage.1-pole connection LPN-DC2-pole connection LPN-DCTop connection Bottom connection Top connection Bottom connectionSourceLoadSourceLoadProtection of DC circuitsI220 V / L+ 0 V / L-I440 V / L+I0 V / L-IIIType of miniatureRated voltage U ecircuit breaker ≤ 60 V d.c. ≤ 220 V d.c. ≤ 440 V d.c.LPE, LPN-...-1 - -LPE, LPN-...-2 -LPN-DC-...-1 1) -LPN-DC-...-2 1) 1)It is necessary to keep the polarity marked on the circuit breaker Possible to useLPN-DC-...-1ILPN-DC-...-1ILPN-DC-...-2LPN-DC-...-2Correct polarity connection of DC circuit breakers, loads etc. in thecircuit has to follow the direction of current flow in DC circuit thatis from (+) to (-).ILoad0 V / L-I220 V / L+SourceILoadII0 V / L-SourceI440 V / L+Example of current flow according topolarity is shown by the arrow:1) Correct connection of devices= equal direction of current flow on the devices2) Wrong connection of devices= contradictory current flow on the devicesMiniature circuit breakerLoadIISourceIILoadSourceIILoadIIThe correct connection of devices (point 1) seems to be illogical due to connection of load terminal (+) and circuit breaker terminal (-). However, it is correct connection!!!B13

vMiniaLPNMiniature circuit breakersMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LPN UP TO 63 A (10 kA)CharacteristicsCharacteristic B: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which does not causecurrent surges (lighting and socket circuits etc.). The short-circuit release is set to (3 ÷ 5) I n.min.12060301010 0005 0001 0005001.13 In1.45 InAt ambient temperature +30°CCharacteristic C: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes currentsurges (light bulb groups, motors etc.). The short-circuit release is set to (6 ÷ 9) I n.Characteristic D: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes highcurrent surges (transformers, 2-pole motors etc.). The short-circuit release is set to (12 ÷ 16) I n.521t[s]1005010510.5Tripping characteristics of circuit breakers according to EN 60898-1Thermal releaseTripping characteristic typeB, C, DConventional non-tripping current I ntfor t ≥ 1 hI nt= 1.13 I nConventional tripping current I tfor t < 1 hI t= 1.45 I nCurrent I 3for 1 s < t < 60 s (for I n≤ 32 A)1 s < t < 120 s (for In > 32 A)I 3= 2.55 I nt - break time of the circuit breaker0.10.010.0060.0020.001B C D1 2 3 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 60 80B C Dx I nElectromagnetic releaseTripping characteristic typeB C DCurrent I 4pro 0.1 s < t < 45 s (for I n≤ 32 A)0.1 s < t < 90 s (for In > 32 A)I 4= 3 I n0.1 s < t < 15 s (for I n≤ 32 A)0.1 s < t < 30 s (for In > 32 A)I 4= 5 I n0.1 s < t < 4 s 1) (for I n≤ 32 A)0.1 s < t < 8 s (for In > 32 A)I 4= 10 I nCurrent I 5for t < 0.1 s I 5= 5 I nI 5= 10 I nI 5= 20 I n1)for I n≤ 10 A is permissible that t < 8 st - break time of the circuit breakerCharacteristics I 2 t90 00070 00050 00040 00030 00020 00015 000LPN-..B-163 50 40 32 25 20 16 A13 A10 A8A6A90 00070 00050 00040 00030 00020 00015 000LPN-..C-163 A50 A40 A32 A25 A20 A16 A13 A10 A8A6A90 00070 00050 00040 00030 00020 00015 000LPN-..D-163 A50 A40 32 A25 20 16 A13 A10 A8A6AI t [A s]2 210 0007 0005 0004 0003 0002 0001 5001 0007005004003002001504A1.6-2A1- 1.2 A0.8 A0.2 - 0.6 AI t [A s]2 210 0007 0005 0004 0003 0002 0001 5001 0007005004003002001504A1.6-2A1- 1.2 A0.8 A0.2 - 0.6 AI t [A s]2 210 0007 0005 0004 0003 0002 00015001 0007005004003002001504A1,6-2A1- 1,2 A0,8 A0,2 - 0,6 A1007050403010070504030100705040302020208009001 0001 5002 0003 0004 000I p [A]5 0006 000700080009 00010 00015 00020 0008009001 0001 5002 0003 0004 000I p [A]5 0006 0007 0008 0009 00010 00015 00020 00080090010001 50020003 0004000I p [A]5 0006 0007 0008000900010 00015 00020 000B14

LSTMiniature circuit breakersMiniaMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LST UP TO 125 A (10 kA)For building, commercial and industrial installationsup to 125 A 230/400 V a.c. and 440 V d.c.For protection of cables and conductors against overloadand short-circuit.Tripping characteristics B, C, D according to EN 60898-1.Wide range of accessories – auxiliary switches,undervoltage releases and shunt trips, interconnectingbusbars etc.Breaking capacity I cn10 kA – to achieve higher I cn(up to120 kA) it is recommended to use cylindrical fuse-linksPV in fuse switch-disconnectors .Possibility of sealing in on or off position.N-pole of circuit breakers LST-...-3N contains neitherthermal nor short-circuit release, in switching on itcloses before and in switching off it opens after theother poles.For circuit breakers LST-DC-... device polarity must bealways observed in connecting.Possibility to connect LST with pin interconnectingbusbars spacing 27 mm.Miniature circuit breakers, 1-poleI nCharacteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package[A] TypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeof modules [kg] [pcs]40 LST-40B-1 37440 LST-40C-1 37443 LST-40D-1 37446 1.5 0.21 350 LST-50B-1 37441 LST-50C-1 37444 LST-50D-1 37447 1.5 0.21 363 LST-63B-1 37442 LST-63C-1 37445 LST-63D-1 37448 1.5 0.21 380 LST-80B-1 37214 LST-80C-1 37217 LST-80D-1 37220 1.5 0.21 3100 LST-100B-1 37215 LST-100C-1 37218 LST-100D-1 37221 1.5 0.21 3125 LST-125B-1 37216 LST-125C-1 37219 LST-125D-1 37222 1.5 0.21 3Miniature circuit breakers, 3-poleI nCharacteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package[A] TypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeof modules [kg] [pcs]40 LST-40B-3 37449 LST-40C-3 37452 LST-40D-3 37455 4.5 0.66 150 LST-50B-3 37450 LST-50C-3 37453 LST-50D-3 37456 4.5 0.66 163 LST-63B-3 37451 LST-63C-3 37454 LST-63D-3 37457 4.5 0.66 180 LST-80B-3 37223 LST-80C-3 37226 LST-80D-3 37229 4.5 0.66 1100 LST-100B-3 37224 LST-100C-3 37227 LST-100D-3 37230 4.5 0.66 1125 LST-125B-3 37225 LST-125C-3 37228 LST-125D-3 37231 4.5 0.66 1Miniature circuit breakers, 3+N-poleI nCharacteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package[A] TypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeof modules [kg] [pcs]40 LST-40B-3N 37458 LST-40C-3N 37461 LST-40D-3N 37464 6 0.84 150 LST-50B-3N 37459 LST-50C-3N 37462 LST-50D-3N 37465 6 0.84 163 LST-63B-3N 37460 LST-63C-3N 37463 LST-63D-3N 37466 6 0.84 180 LST-80B-3N 37232 LST-80C-3N 37235 LST-80D-3N 37238 6 0.84 1100 LST-100B-3N 37233 LST-100C-3N 37236 LST-100D-3N 37239 6 0.84 1125 LST-125B-3N 37234 LST-125C-3N 37237 LST-125D-3N 37240 6 0.84 1DC miniature circuit breakers, 2-poleI nCharacteristic C Number Weight Package[A] TypeProductcodeof modules [kg] [pcs]80 LST-DC-80C-2 37241 3 0.45 2100 LST-DC-100C-2 37242 3 0.45 2125 LST-DC-125C-2 37243 3 0.45 2AccessoriesAuxiliary switches PS-LS-.. page B19Shunt trips SV-LS-.. page B22Undervoltage releases SP-LS-.. page B25Interconnecting busbars S1L-27-.., S3L-27-.., S4L-27-.. page E52Terminal extensions AS-50-S-AL01, CS-FH000-.., N3x10-FH000 page E57B15

MiniaLSTMiniature circuit breakersMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LST UP TO 125 A (10 kA)DescriptionNOTICEABLE CONTACT STATE INDICATORUnambiguously define the state of the circuit breaker.Lever downSWITCHED OFFLever upSWITCHED ONTest push-button for check of the tripping mechanismfunction.NON-INTERCHANGEABILITY OF RATED CURRENTNon-removable coloured sign according to the rated currentof the circuit breaker. Target colours correspond withthe colours of the threaded fuse-links.I n[A] Colour40 black50 white63 copper80 silver100 red125 yellowPrinting on circuit breaker is made by a laser - it is indelible.SpecificationsType LST LST-DCStandards EN 60898-1 EN 60898-1Approval marksNumber of poles 1, 3, 3+N 2Tripping characteristics B, C, D CRated current I n 40 ÷ 125 A 80, 100, 125 ARated operating voltage U e 230/400 V a.c. / 48 V d.c. 1) 440 V d.c.Max. operating voltage U max 253/440 V a.c. / 52 V d.c. 1) 484 V d.c.Min. operating voltage U min 12 V a.c. / d.c. 12 V d.c.Rated frequency f n 40 ÷ 60 Hz -Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (EN 60898) I cn 10 kA -Rated short-circuit ultimate breaking capacity (EN 60947-2) I cu - 10 kA (τ ≤ 5 ms)Rated short-circuit service breaking capacity (EN 60947-2) I cs - 100 % I cuEndurance mechanical 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycleselectrical 4 000 operating cycles 4 000 operating cyclesRated impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50 μs) U imp 6 kV 6 kVOvervoltage category (IEC 664-1) IV IVMounting on “U” rail according to EN - type TH 35 TH 35Degree of protection IP20 IP20Connection conductor Cu - rigid (solid, stranded), flexible 1.5 ÷ 50 mm 2 , 2x16 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 50 mm 2 , 2x16 mm 2torque 3.5 Nm 3.5 Nmtop or bottom connection yes yes 2)Operating conditions ambient temperature -30 ÷ +55 °C -30 ÷ +55 °Cworking position arbitrary arbitraryseismic resistance IEC 980:1993 3) IEC 980:1993 3)1)Single-pole connection / two-pole connection2)It is necessary to keep the polarity marked on the circuit breaker in d.c. circuits3)It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and TemelínInternal impedance Z, powers losses P, impedance Z sI n[A]Z 1)[mΩ/pole]P 1)[VA/pole]Max. impedance of fault loop Z s[Ω] 2)characteristic B characteristic C characteristic D40 2.31 3.69 1.16 0.64 0.3650 1.73 4.32 0.93 0.51 0.2863 1.42 5.63 0.73 0.40 0.2380 0.91 5.79 0.57 0.32 0.18100 0.80 8.03 0.46 0.26 0.14125 0.61 9.46 0.36 0.20 0.111)Average values per pole protected2)For TN network, U = 230 V, break time up to 0.4 s; if the measured value exceeds the table value, use residual current circuit breaker.B16

LSTMiniature circuit breakersMiniaMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LST UP TO 125 A (10 kA)Correction of rated currents of miniature circuit breakers LSTI nCorrection of rated currents for ambient temperature -30 °C up to +60 °C [A] 1)[A] -30 °C -20 °C -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C 50 °C 60 °C40 52.0 50.0 48.0 48.0 46.0 44.0 40 37.2 35.2 33.650 65.0 62.5 60.0 60.0 57.5 55.0 50 46.5 44.0 42.063 81.9 78.8 75.6 75.6 72.5 69.3 63 58.6 55.4 52.980 104.0 104.0 100.0 96.0 92.0 88.0 80 74.4 70.4 67.2100 130.0 130.0 125.0 120.0 115.0 110.0 100 93.0 88.0 84.0125 162.5 162.5 156.3 150.0 143.8 137.5 125 116.3 110.0 105.01)Valid for 1 pole and any characteristic, reference temperature 30 °CCorrection of rated currents of miniature circuit breakers installed side by side [A] 2)1 2 3 4 540 38.00 37.00 36.00 35.2050 47.50 46.25 45.00 44.0063 59.85 58.28 56.70 55.4480 76.00 74.00 72.00 70.40100 95.00 92.50 90.00 88.00125 118.75 115.63 112.50 110.002) Valid for reference temperature 30 °CDimensionsLST-..-1 LST-DC-..-2 LST-..-3 LST-..-3N71.545901.726.6 53.2 79.8 106.4Diagram5.544607074LST-..1LST-..3LST-..-3NLST-DC-..-21135135N1132246246N2242-pole connection LST-DCProtection of DC circuitsFor protection of d.c. circuits it is possible to use LST circuit breakersand LST-DC circuit breakers depending on voltage.Top connectionSource440 V / L+ 0 V / L-IIBottom connectionLoadIIProtection of DC circuitsType of miniature circuit breakerRated voltage U e≤ 48 V d.c.≤ 440 V d.c.LST-...-1 -LST-DC-...-2 1) 1)It is necessary to keep the polarity marked on the circuit breaker Possible to useLST-DC-...-2LST-DC-...-2Correct polarity connection of DC circuit breakers, see page B13III0 V / L-I440 V / L+LoadSourceB17

vMiniaLSTMiniature circuit breakersMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LST UP TO 125 A (10 kA)CharacteristicsCharacteristic B: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which does not causecurrent surges (lighting and socket circuits etc.). The short-circuit release is set to (3 ÷ 5) I n.min.12060301010 0005 0001 0005001.13 In1.45 InAt ambient temperature +30°CCharacteristic C: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes currentsurges (light bulb groups, motors etc.). The short-circuit release is set to (6 ÷ 9) I n.Characteristic D: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes highcurrent surges (transformers, 2-pole motors etc.). The short-circuit release is set to (12 ÷ 16) I n.521t[s]1005010510.5Tripping characteristics of circuit breakers according to EN 60898-1Thermal releaseTripping characteristic typeB, C, DConventional non-tripping current I ntfor t ≥ 1 h ( for I n≤ 63 A)Int for t ≥ 2 h ( for I n> 63 A)I nt= 1.13 I nConventional tripping current I tfor t < 1 h ( for I n≤ 63 A)It for t < 2 h ( for I n> 63 A)I t= 1.45 I nCurrent I 3for 1 s < t < 60 s ( for I n≤ 32 A)1 s < t < 120 s ( for I n> 32 A)I 3= 2.55 I nt - break time of the circuit breaker0.10.010.0060.0020.001B C D1 2 3 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 60 80B C Dx I nElectromagnetic releaseTripping characteristic typeB C DCurrent I 4for 0.1 s < t < 45 s ( for I n≤ 32 A)0.1 s < t < 90 s ( for I n> 32 A)I 4= 3 I n0.1 s < t < 15 s ( for I n≤ 32 A)0.1 s < t < 30 s ( for I n> 32 A)I 4= 5 I n0.1 s < t < 4 s 1) ( for I n≤ 32 A)0.1 s < t < 8 s ( for I n> 32 A)I 4= 10 I nCurrent I 5for t < 0.1s I 5= 5 I nI 5= 10 I nI 5= 20 I n1)for I n≤ 10 A it is permissible that t < 8 st - break time of the circuit breakerCharacteristics I 2 t500 000400 000300 000200 000150 000100 00070 00050 00040 00030 000LST-..B-..125 A100 A80A63 A50 A40 A500 000400 000300 000200 000150 000100 00070 00050 00040 00030 000LST-..C-..125 A100 A80A63 A50 A40 A500 000400 000300 000200 000150 000100 00070 00050 00040 00030 000LST-..D-..125 A100 A80A63 A50 A40 AI t[A s]2 220 00015 00010 0007 0005 0004 0003 000I t[A s]2 220 00015 00010 0007000500040003000I t[A s]2 220 00015 00010 00070005000400030002 0001 50020001 500200015001 000100010008009001000150020003000I p [A]40005000600070008 000900010 00015 00020 0008009001000150020003000I p [A]40005000600070008 000900010 00015 00020 0008009001000150020003000I p [A]4000500060007 0008 000900010 00015 00020 000B18

Miniature circuit breakersMiniaAUXILIARY AND RELATIVE SWITCHESAuxiliary and relative switches PS-LPAccessories to: LPE, LPN, APN.Auxiliary and relative switches are designed for signallingthe position of the main contacts of circuit breakers LPE,LPN and tumbler power switches APN in tripping: by releases or manually – i.e. in switching off byoverload, short-circuit, shunt trip or undervoltagerelease and control lever. It is possible to usecontacts with this function (auxiliary contact)to set switch SEL to position „A+A“ (resp. „A“ forswitching contact) only by releases – i.e. only in tripping by shortcircuit,overload, shunt trip or undervoltagerelease. It is possible to use one contact with thisfunction (relative contact) to set switch SEL toposition „A+R“ (resp. „R“ for switching contact).Selection of auxiliary/relative contact function is performedby the rotary switch SEL on the side of the device.2 auxiliary and relative switches can be connected to oneminiature circuit breakers (tumbler power switch).They are suitable for application in SELV and PELVcircuits – sufficient insulation is provided betweenthe circuit breaker (power tumbler switch) andauxiliary and relative switches.Arrangement of contacts 1) - position of switch SEL Type Product Number Weight PackageA+A 2) A+R 2) code of modules [kg] [pcs]A 11 A 10 + R 10 PS-LP-110S 34260 0.5 0.05 1A 11 A 10 + R 10 PS-LP-110S-Au 3) 34261 0.5 0.05 1A 11 A 01 + R 01 PS-LP-110S-Y 34262 0.5 0.05 1A 20 A 10 + R 01 PS-LP-200S 34263 0.5 0.05 1A 02 A 01 + R 10 PS-LP-020S 34264 0.5 0.05 1A 001 R 001 PS-LP-001S 34265 0.5 0.045 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts2)Position A+A = contacts function in „auxiliary“ mode; position A+R = one contact is switched to „relative“ mode“The choice of mode is done by rotary switch SEL on the side of the auxiliary switch3)Gold-plated contacts – suitable for switching of low output loadsAuxiliary switches PS-LSAccessories to: LST, AST.Can be used also with formerly produced types of circuitbreakers LSE, LSN.Auxiliary switches are used for position signalling of maincontacts of circuit breaker LST and tumbler powerswitches AST in switching off by releases or manually– i.e. in switching off by overload, short-circuit, shunttrip or undervoltage release and control lever.They are suitable for application in SELV and PELVcircuits – sufficient insulation is provided betweenthe circuit breaker (power tumbler switch) andauxiliary and relative switches.Arrangement Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]11 PS-LS-1100 35664 0.5 0.043 111 PS-LS-1100-Au 2) 35665 0.5 0.043 121 PS-LS-2100 35666 0.5 0.049 121 PS-LS-2100-Au 2) 35667 0.5 0.049 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2)Gold-plated contacts – suitable for switching of low output loadsB19

MiniaMiniature circuit breakersAUXILIARY AND RELATIVE SWITCHESSpecificationsType PS-LP-.. PS-LS-..Standards EN 60947-5-1, EN 62019 EN 60947-5-1Approval marks1) 2)Arrangement of contacts A11/A10+R10,A11/A01+R01, A20/A10+R01,A02/A01+R10, A001/R001Rated operating voltage / current U e/ I eAC-12 230 V a.c. / 6 A 230 V a.c. / 6 AAC-13 230 V a.c. / 4 A or 400 V a.c. / 2 -AC-15 230 V a.c. / 3 A 230 V a.c. / 4 A or 400 V a.c. / 2 ADC-13 220 V d.c. / 0.55 A 220 V d.c. / 1 ARated impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50 μs) U imp4 kV 4 kVMechanical endurance 20 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cyclesElectrical endurance 4 000 operating cycles 4 000 operating cyclesMounting on the right side of the device on the right side of the deviceDegree of protection IP20 IP20ConnectionConductor rigid (solid, stranded) 0.75 ÷ 4 mm 2 0.75 ÷ 4 mm 2Conductor flexible 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque 0.8 Nm 0.8 NmTop or bottom connection yes yesOperating conditionsAmbient temperature -30 ÷ 55 °C -30 ÷ 55 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrarySeismic resistance IEC 980:1993 3) IEC 980:1993 3)1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts2)A=auxiliary contact, R=relative contact3)It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín11, 21DimensionsPS-LP-110SPS-LP-110S-..PS-LP-200SPS-LP-020S12.75PS-LP-001S12.7564.2PS-LS-..6012 1411 1312 9433231186459390458.7521 23 91 9311 9122 24 92 9414 928.7544721224348.75 5.54470DiagramChange-over switch SEL in position A+APS-LP-110SPS-LP-110S-Au14 22PS-LP-110S-Y PS-LP-200S PS-LP-020SPS-LP-001SSEL A+ASEL A+ASEL A+ASEL A+ASEL A122414 2412 2212 14SELA+AA+R13 211123132311 2111B20

Miniature circuit breakersMiniaAUXILIARY AND RELATIVE SWITCHESDiagramChange-over switch SEL in position A+RPS-LP-110SPS-LP-110S-AuPS-LP-110S-Y PS-LP-200S PS-LP-020SPS-LP-001SSEL A+ R SEL A+ R SEL A+ R SEL A+ R SEL R1494129214 9212 94 9294SELA+AA+R13931191139111 9391PS-LS-110033 11PS-LS-210033 23 1134 1234 24 12Installation of auxiliary switch on miniature circuit breaker (tumblerswitch)PS-LP-..1. At mounting the levers of auxiliary switch and of thedevice are in OFF position.2. Insert the lower fastening catch in the device recess.3. Press the auxiliary switch to the device so that the upperfastening latch of the auxiliary switch snaps in thedevice recess.4. Check correct function by switching.PS-LS-..1. At mounting the levers of auxiliary switch and of the deviceare in ON position.2. From the right slide the longer shaft in the control leverof the device and shorter one in the hole of the switchingsystem of the device3. From the right slide the auxiliary switch on the device sothat one shaft interconnects control levers and the other theswitching systems.4. Press the auxiliary switch to the device and snap the sidefastening clamps of the auxiliary switch in the device recess.5. Check correct function by switching.3LPNLPEAPNPS-LPmax 2x13.59.8LST, ASTPS-LSON1 1OFFOFFON22B21

MiniaMiniature circuit breakersSHUNT TRIPSShunt trips SV-LPAccessories to: LPE, LPN, APN.For tripping the circuit breaker LPE, LPN and tumblerpower switch APN by applied voltage.It contains auxiliary make contact, which can be usedfor position signalling of the main contacts of circuitbreaker LPE, LPN and tumbler power switch APN.Rated voltage Type Product Number Weight PackageU ccode of modules [kg] [pcs]12 ÷ 60 V a.c. / d.c. SV-LP-X060 34325 1 0.125 1110 ÷ 415 V a.c. / 110 ÷ 220 V d.c. SV-LP-X400 34326 1 0.125 1Shunt trips SV-LSAccessories to: LST, AST.Can be used also with formerly produced types of circuitbreakers LSE, LSN.For tripping the circuit breaker LST and tumbler powerswitch AST by applied voltage between 70 % and110 % U c.It contains make contact (version SV-LS-....-1010 makeand break), which can be used for position signallingof the main contacts of circuit breaker LST andtumbler power switch AST.Rated voltage Arrangement Type Product Number Weight PackageU cof contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]24 V a.c. / d.c. 10 SV-LS-X024-1000 35695 1 0.12 1101 SV-LS-X024-1010 35696 1 0.12 148 V a.c. / d.c. 10 SV-LS-X048-1000 35697 1 0.12 1101 SV-LS-X048-1010 35698 1 0.12 1110 V a.c. / d.c. 10 SV-LS-X110-1000 35699 1 0.12 1101 SV-LS-X110-1010 35700 1 0.12 1230 V a.c. / 220 V d.c. 10 SV-LS-X230-1000 35701 1 0.12 1101 SV-LS-X230-1010 35702 1 0.12 1400 V a.c. / 440 V d.c. 10 SV-LS-X400-1000 35703 1 0.12 1101 SV-LS-X400-1010 35704 1 0.12 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contactsB22

Miniature circuit breakersMiniaSHUNT TRIPSSpecificationsType SV-LP-.. SV-LS-..Standards EN 60947-1 EN 60947-1Approval marksMounting on the left side of the device on the left side of the deviceDegree of protection IP20 IP20Control circuit (coil)Rated voltage U c12 ÷ 60 V a.c. / d.c. 24, 48, 110, 230, 400 V a.c.110 ÷ 415 V a.c. / 110 ÷ 220 V d.c. 24, 48, 110, 220, 440 V d.c.Rated frequency f n40 ÷ 60 Hz 40 ÷ 60 HzBreak time max. 15 ms 10 msContactArrangement of contacts 1) 10 10, 101Rated operating voltage / current U e/ I eAC-1 230 V a.c. / 4 A or 400 V a.c. / 2 A 230 V a.c. / 4 A or 400 V a.c. / 2 AAC-15 230 V a.c. / 2 A 230 V a.c. / 2 ADC-1 220 V d.c. / 0.5 A 220 V d.c. / 0.5 AMechanical endurance 20 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cyclesElectrical endurance 4 000 operating cycles 4 000 operating cyclesConnectionConductor – rigid (solid, stranded) 0.75 ÷ 4 mm 2 0.75 ÷ 4 mm 2Conductor – flexible 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque 0.8 Nm 0.8 NmTop or bottom connection yes yesOperating conditionsAmbient temperature -30 ÷ 55 °C -30 ÷ 55 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrarySeismic resistance IEC 980:1993 2) IEC 980:1993 2)1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts2)It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and TemelínDimensionsSV-LP-..21.4564.2SV-LS-..26.1 71.5C1C2148645904517.54472C2C11417.52422215.5446070DiagramSV-LP-..SV-LS-..-1000SV-LS-..-1010C1C2C1C2C1 C2 22 24141414 21B23

MiniaMiniature circuit breakersSHUNT TRIPSInstallation of shunt trip on circuit breaker (tumbler switch)SV-LP-..1. At mounting the levers of the shunt trip and of the deviceare in OFF position.2. Insert the lower fastening catch in the device recess.3. Press the shunt trip to the device so that the upper fasteninglatch of the shunt trip snaps in the device recess.4. Check correct function by switching.SV-LS-..1. At mounting the levers of the shunt trip and of the deviceare in OFF position.2. From the right slide the longer shaft in the control leverof the shunt trip and shorter one in the hole of the switchingsystem of the shunt trip.3. From the right slide the device on the shunt trip so thatone shaft interconnects control levers and the other theswitching systems.4. Press the device to the shunt trip and snap the side fasteningclamps of the shunt trip in the device recess.5. Check correct function by switching.39.813.5SV-LSLST, ASTOFF11OFFOFFOFF22B24

Miniature circuit breakersMiniaUNDERVOLTAGE RELEASESUndervoltage releases SP-LPAccessories to: LPE, LPN, APN.For tripping the circuit breaker LPE, LPN and tumblerpower switch APN at loss of voltage as well as at gradualdecrease of voltage between 70 % and 35 % U c.For elimination of closing of circuit breaker LPE, LPN andtumbler power switch APN, if voltage is lower than 35 %U c(switching is possible at voltage higher than 85 % U c).They are often used for protection against device restartfollowing power blackout.Design with 0.2 s, resp. 0.4 s delay for prevention of unwantedtripping at short-time power blackout.Rated voltage Delay Type Product Number Weight PackageU ccode of modules [kg] [pcs]24 V a.c. - SP-LP-A024 34327 1 0.125 148 V a.c. - SP-LP-A048 34328 1 0.125 1110 V a.c. - SP-LP-A110 34329 1 0.130 1230 V a.c. - SP-LP-A230 34330 1 0.125 1230 V a.c. 0.4 s SP-LP-A230-T004 34331 1 0.130 1400 V a.c. - SP-LP-A400 34332 1 0.130 124 V d.c. 0 s or 0.2 s 1) SP-LP-D024-Y004 34333 1 0.130 148 V d.c. 0 s or 0.2 s 1) SP-LP-D048-Y004 34334 1 0.130 1110 V d.c. 0 s or 0.2 s 1) SP-LP-D110-Y004 34335 1 0.130 1220 V d.c. 0 s or 0.2 s 1) SP-LP-D220-Y004 34336 1 0.125 1400 V d.c. 0 s or 0.2 s 1) SP-LP-D400-Y004 34337 1 0.125 11)Delay is activated by interconnection of terminals 1, 2Undervoltage releases SP-LSAccessories to: LST, AST.Can be used also with formerly produced types of circuitbreakers LSE, LSN.For tripping the circuit breaker LST and tumbler powerswitch AST at loss of voltage as well as at gradual decreaseof voltage between 70 % and 35 % U c.For elimination of circuit breaker LST and tumbler powerswitch AST, if voltage is lower than 35 % U c(switchingis possible at voltage higher than 85 % U c).They are often used for protection against device restartfollowing power blackout.Undervoltage releases SP-LS-....-1010 contain in additionan auxiliary switch with make and break-makecontact for position signalling of the main contactsof circuit breaker LST or tumbler power switch AST.Rated voltage Arrangement Type Product Number Weight PackageU cof contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]24 V a.c. - SP-LS-A024 35944 1 0.12 1101 SP-LS-A024-1010 35945 1 0.12 148 V a.c. - SP-LS-A048 35946 1 0.12 1101 SP-LS-A048-1010 35947 1 0.12 1110 V a.c. - SP-LS-A110 35948 1 0.12 1101 SP-LS-A110-1010 35949 1 0.12 1230 V a.c. - SP-LS-A230 35950 1 0.12 1101 SP-LS-A230-1010 35951 1 0.12 1400 V a.c. - SP-LS-A400 35952 1 0.12 1101 SP-LS-A400-1010 35953 1 0.12 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contactsB25

MiniaMiniature circuit breakersUNDERVOLTAGE RELEASESSpecificationsType SP-LP-.. SP-LS-..Standards EN 60947-1 EN 60947-1Approval marksMounting on the left side of the device on the left side of the deviceDegree of protection IP20 IP20Control circuit (coil)Rated voltage U c24, 48, 110, 230, 400 V a.c. 24, 48, 110, 230, 400 V a.c.24, 48, 110, 220, 400 V d.c.Consumption 2.6 W 2.5 WRated frequency f n40 ÷ 60 Hz 40 ÷ 60 HzBreak time max. 45 ms 2) 25 msContactArrangement of contacts 1) - 10, 101Rated operating voltage / current U e/ I eAC-1 - 230 V a.c. / 4 A or 400 V a.c. / 2 AAC-15 - 230 V a.c. / 2 ADC-1 - 220 V d.c. / 0,5 AMechanical endurance - 10 000 operating cyclesElectrical endurance - 4 000 operating cyclesConnectionConductor rigid (solid, stranded) 0.75 ÷ 4 mm 2 0.75 ÷ 4 mm 2Conductor flexible 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque 0.8 Nm 0.8 NmTop or bottom connection yes yesOperating conditionsAmbient temperature -30 ÷ 55 °C -30 ÷ 55 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrarySeismic resistance IEC 980:1993 3) IEC 980:1993 3)1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts2)The stated time is valid for undelayed undervoltage releases3)It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and TemelínDimensionsSP-LP-..21.4564.2SP-LS-..26.1 71.5D11D228645904517.5447213D1D217.52422215.54460Diagram70SP-LP-A..SP-LS-D..SP-LS-SP-LS-..-1010D1D1 1D1D11322 24U

Miniature circuit breakersMiniaUNDERVOLTAGE RELEASESInstallation of undervoltage release on circuit breaker (tumbler switch)SP-LP-..1. At mounting the levers of undervoltage release andof the device are in OFF position.2. Insert the lower fastening catch in the device recess.3. Press the undervoltage release to the device so that theupper fastening latch of the undervoltage release snapsin the device recess.4. Check correct function by switching.SP-LS-..1. At mounting the levers of undervoltage release and of thedevice are in OFF position.2. From the right slide the longer shaft in the control leverundervoltage releases and shorter one in the hole of theswitching system of the undervoltage release.3. From the right slide the device on the undervoltage releaseso that one shaft interconnects control levers and the otherthe switching systems.4. Press the device to the undervoltage release and snap theside fastening latches of the undervoltage release in thedevice recess.5. Check correct function by switching.39.813.5SP-LSLST, ASTOFF11OFFOFFOFF22B27

MiniaLOCKING INSERTOD-LP-VU01Miniature circuit breakersAccessories to: LPE, LPN, APN.For safe locking of the control lever in off or on position.The protective function of the circuit breaker isfunctional even in locked position.Maximum diameter of lock rod – 5 mm.The lock is not included in the package.Type Product Weight Packagecode [kg] [pcs]OD-LP-VU01 37287 0.003 1DimensionsOD-LP-VU0117.564.2 10.5Mounting of locking insert on the circuit breaker (tumbler switch)1 2 34 Position switched of Position switched onB28

OD-LP-VP01Miniature circuit breakersMiniaSEALING INSERTAccessories to: LPE, LPN, APN.For covering and sealing of terminal screws.Type Product Weight Packagecode [kg] [pcs]OD-LP-VP01 37289 0.004 1Mounting of sealing insert on the circuit breaker (tumbler switch)12 3B29

MiniaINSULATING BARRIERSOD-LP-MP01Miniature circuit breakersAccessories to: LPE, LPN, APN.For additional increase of surface distances betweenindividual poles of the circuit breaker LPE, LPN ortumbler power switch APN.1 set contains 3 pieces.Type Product Weight Packagecode [kg] [number of sets]OD-LP-MP01 37288 0.002 1DimensionsOD-LP-MP01143.821.215Mounting of insulation barrier on the circuit breaker (tumbler switch)B30

MiniaResidual current circuit breakers with overcurrentprotection OLE (6 kA).................................................................................................................. C2Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrentprotection OLI (10 kA)................................................................................................................. C6Accessories for OLE, OLI........................................................................................................... C12Residual current circuit breakers OFE (6 kA)............................................................... C14Residual current circuit breakers OFI (10 kA).............................................................. C17Accessories for OFE, OFI............................................................................................................ C22Basic terms, symbols and break times........................................................................... C24RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERSC

MiniaOLEResidual current circuit breakersRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLE (6 kA)The device is a combination of residual current circuitbreaker and circuit breaker.For building, housing and similar installations up to 16 A,230 V a.c.For protection:– against dangerous contact with live parts (I Δn≤ 30 mA)– against dangerous contact with dead parts– against fire– against overload– against short-circuit (breaking capacity I cn= 6 kA)Tripping characteristics B, C according to EN 61009-1.Possibility of additional mounting of auxiliary switchPS-LV-1100 on the right side of the device.Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection, type AC They react to sine-wave residual current (type AC).6 0003I ΔnI nCharacteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package[mA] [A] TypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeof modules [kg] [pcs]6 OLE-6B-1N-030AC 38313 OLE-6C-1N-030AC 38320 2 0.25 130 10 OLE-10B-1N-030AC 38314 OLE-10C-1N-030AC 38321 2 0.25 116 OLE-16B-1N-030AC 38315 OLE-16C-1N-030AC 38322 2 0.25 1Accessories to OLEAuxiliary switch PS-LV-1100-K page C12Interconnecting busbars S2L-... page E52Terminal extensions AS-25-S, AS-50-S-AL01 page E57SpecificationsTypeStandards EN 61009-1Approval marksOLENumber of poles 2Tripping characteristicsB, CTypeACRated current I n6 ÷ 16 ARated residual current I Δn30 mARated operating voltage U e230 V a.c.Min. operating voltage 1) U min100 V a.c.Max. operating voltage U max255 V a.c.Rated frequency f n50 ÷ 60 HzSurge resistance (8/20 μs)1 kARated short-circuit breaking capacity I cn6 kARated residual making and breaking capacity I Δm6 kARated impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50 μs) U imp6 kVMechanical endurance10 000 operating cyclesElectrical endurance10 000 operating cyclesEnergy limitation class 3Degree of protectionIP20Mounting on “U” rail according to EN - type TH 35ConnectionConductor rigid (solid, stranded) 0.75 ÷ 35 mm 2 2)Conductor flexible with a sleeve 0.75 ÷ 25 mm 2 2)Torque2.5÷ 3 NmTop or bottom connectionyesOperating conditionsAmbient temperature -5 ÷ 40 °CWorking positionarbitrary1)For preserving the function of the test push-button2)For detailed connection of conductors see the table on page C5C2

OLEResidual current circuit breakersMiniaRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLE (6 kA)Internal impedance Z and powers losses PCharacteristic B Characteristic CI n[A] L-PoleZ [mΩ]N-PoleZ [mΩ]Power lossP [W]L-PoleZ [mΩ]N-PoleZ [mΩ]Power lossP [W]6 72 2.1 2.7 52 2.1 1.910 15.4 2.1 1.8 13.4 2.1 1.616 9.6 2.1 3 8.7 2.1 2.8Correction of rated currentsI nCorrection of rated currents for ambient temperature -10 °C up to + 40 °C [A] 2)[A] -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C6 6.8 6.7 6.4 6.2 6 5.710 11.4 11.2 10.7 10.4 10 9.516 18.2 17.9 17.1 16.6 16 15.22)Reference temperature: 30 °CDimensionsOLE73.3904590367446470DiagramOLE1N2 NC3

MiniaOLEResidual current circuit breakersRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLE (6 kA)Characteristicsmin.120603010510 0005 0001 0005001.13 In1.45 InAt ambient temperature +30 °CCharacteristic B: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which does not causecurrent surges (lighting and socket circuits etc.).The short-circuit release is set to (3 ÷ 5) I n.Characteristic C: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes currentsurges (light bulb groups, motors etc.).The short-circuit release is set to (6 ÷ 9) I n.21t[s]v1005010510.5Tripping characteristics of circuit breakers according to EN 61009-1Thermal releaseTripping characteristic typeB, CConventional non-tripping current I ntfor t ≥ 1 hI nt= 1.13 I nConventional tripping current I tfor t < 1 hI t= 1.45 I nCurrent I 3for 1 s < t < 60 s and I n≤ 32 A1 s < t < 120 s and In > 32 AI 3= 2.55 I nt - break time of the circuit breaker0.10.010.0060.0020.001B C1 2 3 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 60 80B Cx I nElectromagnetic releaseTripping characteristic typeBCCurrent I 4for 0.1 s < t < 45 s (for I n≤ 32 A)0.1 s < t < 90 s (for In > 32 A)I 4= 3 I n0.1 s < t < 15 s (for I n≤ 32 A)0.1 s < t < 30 s (for In > 32 A)I 4= 5 I nCurrent I 5for t < 0.1 s I 5= 5 I nI 5= 10 I nt - break time of the circuit breakerCharacteristics I 2 t90 00070 00050 00040 00030 00020 00015 000OLE-..B-..16 A10 A90 00070 00050 00040 00030 00020 00015 000OLE-..C-..16 A10 A6A10 0007 0005 0004 0003 0006A10 0007 0005 0004 0003 0002 0001 5002 0001 500I t[A s]2 21 000700500400300I t[A s]2 21 000700500400300200150200150100705040301007050403020208009001 0001 5002 0003 000I [A]p4 0005 0006 00010 00015 0008009001 0001 5002 0003 000I [A]p4 0005 0006 00010 00015 000C4

OLEResidual current circuit breakersMiniaRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLE (6 kA)Connection of conductors and interconnecting busbarsTerminal systemDesign: two levels of terminals with a fixed barrier between them.Connection: each level enables connection of both the conductorand interconnecting busbar (interconnecting busbars with pins, typeLevel 1„S“ – see page E52). This is possible from both sides of the device. ForBarrierconnection range see the table below.Level 2*Valid only for stranded conductor, for solid conductor the max cross-section is 16 mm 2AdvantagesEasy connection and check of conductors at simultaneousconnection of interconnecting busbar – the busbar does not cover theconductor connecting place.Possibility of connection:- conductors of various cross-sections- up to 4 conductors in the terminal- conductor of cross-section up to 35 mm 2Connection rangeNumber of connected conductors Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) Conductor flexible with a sleeveLevel 1 Level 2 Level 1 Level 21 conductor 1x ( ≤ 35 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 25 mm 2 )1x ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) * 1x ( ≤ 16 mm 2 )2 conductors 2x ( ≤ 10 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 6 mm 2 )2x ( ≤ 6 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 4 mm 2 )1x ( ≤ 35 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 10 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 6 mm 2 )1x ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 16 mm 2 )1x ( ≤ 16 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) * 1x ( ≤ 16 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 16 mm 2 )3 conductors 1x ( ≤ 35 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 6 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 2,5 mm 2 )1x ( ≤ 16 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 4 mm 2 )2x ( ≤ 10 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) * 2x ( ≤ 6 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 16 mm 2 )4 conductors 2x ( ≤ 10 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 6 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 6 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 4 mm 2 )C5

MiniaOLIResidual current circuit breakersRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLI (10 kA)The device is a combination of residual current circuitbreaker and circuit breaker.For building, commercial and industrial installationsup to 40 A, 230 V a.c.For protection:– against dangerous contact with live parts (I Δn≤ 30 mA)– against dangerous contact with dead parts– against fire– against overload– against short-circuit (breaking capacity I cn= 10 kA)Tripping characteristics B, C according to EN 61009-1.Possibility of additional mounting of auxiliary switchPS-LV-1100 on the right side of the device.Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection. type AC They react to sine-wave residual current (type AC).10 0003I ΔnI nCharacteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package[mA] [A] TypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeof modules [kg] [pcs]6 OLI-6B-1N-030AC 38271 OLI-6C-1N-030AC 38278 2 0.25 110 OLI-10B-1N-030AC 38272 OLI-10C-1N-030AC 38279 2 0.25 116 OLI-16B-1N-030AC 38273 OLI-16C-1N-030AC 38280 2 0.25 130 20 OLI-20B-1N-030AC 38274 OLI-20C-1N-030AC 38281 2 0.25 125 OLI-25B-1N-030AC 38275 OLI-25C-1N-030AC 38282 2 0.25 132 OLI-32B-1N-030AC 38276 OLI-32C-1N-030AC 38283 2 0.25 140 OLI-40B-1N-030AC 38277 OLI-40C-1N-030AC 38284 2 0.25 16 - - OLI-6C-1N-300AC 38285 2 0.25 110 - - OLI-10C-1N-300AC 38286 2 0.25 116 - - OLI-16C-1N-300AC 38287 2 0.25 1300 20 - - OLI-20C-1N-300AC 38288 2 0.25 125 - - OLI-25C-1N-300AC 38289 2 0.25 132 - - OLI-32C-1N-300AC 38290 2 0.25 140 - - OLI-40C-1N-300AC 38291 2 0.25 1Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection, type A They react to both sine-wave residual current and pulsating direct residual current (type A).10 0003I ΔnI nCharacteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package[mA] [A] TypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeof modules [kg] [pcs]6 OLI-6B-1N-030A 38292 OLI-6C-1N-030A 38299 2 0.25 110 OLI-10B-1N-030A 38293 OLI-10C-1N-030A 38300 2 0.25 116 OLI-16B-1N-030A 38294 OLI-16C-1N-030A 38301 2 0.25 130 20 OLI-20B-1N-030A 38295 OLI-20C-1N-030A 38302 2 0.25 125 OLI-25B-1N-030A 38296 OLI-25C-1N-030A 38303 2 0.25 132 OLI-32B-1N-030A 38297 OLI-32C-1N-030A 38304 2 0.25 140 OLI-40B-1N-030A 38298 OLI-40C-1N-030A 38305 2 0.25 16 - - OLI-6C-1N-300A 38306 2 0.25 110 - - OLI-10C-1N-300A 38307 2 0.25 116 - - OLI-16C-1N-300A 38308 2 0.25 1300 20 - - OLI-20C-1N-300A 38309 2 0.25 125 - - OLI-25C-1N-300A 38310 2 0.25 132 - - OLI-32C-1N-300A 38311 2 0.25 140 - - OLI-40C-1N-300A 38312 2 0.25 1-25C6

OLIResidual current circuit breakersMiniaRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLI (10 kA)Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection, type AC-GThey react to sine-wave residual current (type AC).Special residual current circuit breakers which reducethe number of undesirable releases.It is recommended to install them before the equipmentcausing short-time (up to 10 ms) stray currents – heavyinduction motors, large heating bodies, interferencesuppressors, surge voltage arresters etc.Surge resistance: 3 kA (8/20 μs).Release delay: 10 ms.I ΔnI nCharacteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package[mA] [A] TypeProductcodeTypeProductcodeof modules [kg] [pcs]10 OLI-10B-1N-030AC-G 38328 OLI-10C-1N-030AC-G 38333 2 0.25 13016 OLI-16B-1N-030AC-G 38329 OLI-16C-1N-030AC-G 38334 2 0.25 120 OLI-20B-1N-030AC-G 38330 OLI-20C-1N-030AC-G 38335 2 0.25 125 OLI-25B-1N-030AC-G 38331 OLI-25C-1N-030AC-G 38336 2 0.25 1-2510 0003GAccessories to OLIAuxiliary switch PS-LV-1100-K page C12Interconnecting busbars S2L-... page E52Terminal extensions AS-25-S, AS-50-AL01 page E57C7

MiniaOLIResidual current circuit breakersRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLI (10 kA)SpecificationsType OLI-..AC OLI-..A OLI-..AC-GStandards EN 61009-1 EN 61009-1 EN 61009-1Approval marksNumber of poles 2 2 2Tripping characteristics B, C B, C B, CType AC A AC-G GRated current I n6 ÷ 40 A 6 ÷ 40 A 10 ÷ 25 ARated residual current I Δn30, 300 mA 30, 300 mA 30 mARated operating voltage U e230 V a.c. 230 V a.c. 230 V a.c.Min. operating voltage 1) U min100 V a.c. 100 V a.c. 100 V a.c.Max. operating voltage U max255 V a.c. 255 V a.c. 255 V a.c.Rated frequency f n50 ÷ 60 Hz 50 ÷ 60 Hz 50 ÷ 60 HzSurge resistance (8/20 μs) 1 kA 1 kA 3 kARated short-circuit breaking capacity I cn10 kA 10 kA 10 kARated residual making and breaking capacity I Δm10 kA 10 kA 10 kARated impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50 μs) U imp6 kV 6 kV 6 kVRelease delay - - 10 msMechanical endurance 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cyclesElectrical endurance 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cyclesEnergy limitation class 3 3 3Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20Mounting on “U” rail according to EN - type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35ConnectionConductor rigid (solid, stranded) 0.75 ÷ 35 mm 2 2)0.75 ÷ 35 mm 2 2)0.75 ÷ 35 mm 2 2)Conductor flexible with a sleeve 0.75 ÷ 25 mm 2 2)0.75 ÷ 25 mm 2 2)0.75 ÷ 25 mm 2 2)Torque 2.5 ÷ 3 Nm 2.5 ÷ 3 Nm 2.5 ÷ 3 NmTop or bottom connection yes yes yesOperating conditionsAmbient temperature -5 ÷ 40 °C -25 ÷ 40 °C -25 ÷ 40 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1)For preserving the function of the test push-button2)For detailed connection of conductors see the table on page C11Internal impedance Z and powers losses PCharacteristic BCharacteristic CL-Pole N-Pole Power loss L-Pole N-Pole Power lossI n[A] Z [mΩ] Z [mΩ] P v[W] Z [mΩ] Z [mΩ] P v[W]6 72 2.1 2.7 52 2.1 1.910 15.4 2.1 1.8 13.4 2.1 1.616 9.6 2.1 3 8.7 2.1 2.820 7.1 2.1 3.7 6.1 2.1 3.325 6.1 2.1 5.1 6 2.1 5.132 4.1 1.5 5.7 4.1 1.5 5.740 3.4 1.5 7.8 3.4 1.5 7.8Correction of rated currentsI n2)Correction of rated currents for ambient temperature -25°C up to + 40°C [A][A] -25 °C -20 °C -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C6 7.20 7.08 6.8 6.7 6.4 6.2 6 5.710 12 11.80 11.4 11.2 10.7 10.4 10 9.516 19.20 18.88 18.2 17.9 17.1 16.6 16 15.220 24 23.60 22.8 22.4 21.4 20.8 20 1925 30 29.50 28.5 28 26.8 26 25 23.832 38.40 37.76 36.5 35.8 34.2 33.3 32 30.440 48 47.20 45.6 44.8 42.8 41.6 40 382)Reference temperature 30 °CC8

OLIResidual current circuit breakersMiniaRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLI (10 kA)DimensionsOLI73.3904590367446470DiagramOLI1N2 NC9

MiniaOLIResidual current circuit breakersRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLI (10 kA)Characteristicsmin.120603010510 0005 0001 0005001.13 In1.45 InAt ambient temperature +30 °CCharacteristic B: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which does not causecurrent surges (lighting and socket circuits etc.).The short-circuit release is set to (3 ÷ 5) I n.Characteristic C: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes currentsurges (light bulb groups, motors etc.).The short-circuit release is set to (6 ÷ 9) I n.21t[s]v1005010510.5Tripping characteristics of circuit breakers according to EN 61009-1Thermal releaseTripping characteristic typeB, CConventional non-tripping current I ntfor t ≥ 1 hI nt= 1.13 I nConventional tripping current I tfor t < 1 hI t= 1.45 I nCurrent I 3for 1 s < t < 60 s and I n≤ 32 A1 s < t < 120 s and In > 32 AI 3= 2.55 I nt - break time of the circuit breaker0.10.010.0060.0020.001B C1 2 3 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 60 80B Cx I nElectromagnetic releaseTripping characteristic typeBCCurrent I 4for 0.1 s < t < 45 s (for I n≤ 32 A)0.1 s < t < 90 s (for In > 32 A)I 4= 3 I n0.1 s < t < 15 s (for I n≤ 32 A)0.1 s < t < 30 s (for In > 32 A)I 4= 5 I nCurrent I 5for t < 0.1 s I 5= 5 I nI 5= 10 I nt - break time of the circuit breakerCharacteristics I 2 t90 00070 00050 00040 00030 00020 00015 000OLI-..B-..25,32,40A16, 20 A10 A6A90 00070 00050 00040 00030 00020 00015 000OLI-..C-..25, 32, 40 A16,20A10 A6A10 0007 0005 0004 0003 00010 00070005000400030002 0001 50020001500I t[A s]2 21 000700500400300I t[A s]2 21000700500400300200150200150100705040301007050403020208009001000150020003000I [A]p4 0005000600070008 000900010 00020 0008009001000150020003000I [A]p40005000600070008 000900010 00020 000C10

OLIResidual current circuit breakersMiniaRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLI (10 kA)Connection of conductors and interconnecting busbarsTerminal systemDesign: two levels of terminals with a fixed barrier between them.Connection: each level enables connection of both the conductor andinterconnecting busbar (interconnecting busbars with pins, type „S“ – seepage E52). This is possible from both sides of the device. For connection rangesee the table below.Safety: the terminals are equipped with sliding plastic caps, which effectivelyincrease protection against dangerous contact with live parts.Level 1BarrierLevel 2AdvantagesEasy connection and check of conductors at simultaneous connectionof interconnecting busbar – the busbar does not cover the conductorconnecting place.Possibility of connection:- conductors of various cross sections- up to 4 conductors in the terminal- conductor of cross-section up to 35 mm 2Mounting/demounting on/from „DIN“ railsNew system of latches enables:- very quick mounting and demounting by hand, without any tool needed.- withdrawal/replacement of the residual current circuit breaker from a row of devicesinterconnected by the interconnecting busbar up or down without interruptionof adjacent circuit or removal of the busbar.Connection rangeNumber of connected conductors Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) Conductor flexible with a sleeveLevel 1 Level 2 Level 1 Level 21 conductor 1x ( ≤ 35 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 25 mm 2 )1x ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 16 mm 2 )2 conductors 2x ( ≤ 10 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 6 mm 2 )2x ( ≤ 6 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 4 mm 2 )1x ( ≤ 35 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 10 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 6 mm 2 )1x ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 16 mm 2 )1x ( ≤ 16 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 16 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 16 mm 2 )3 conductors 1x ( ≤ 35 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 6 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 2,5 mm 2 )1x ( ≤ 16 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 4 mm 2 )2x ( ≤ 10 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 6 mm 2 ) 1x ( ≤ 16 mm 2 )4 conductors 2x ( ≤ 10 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 6 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 6 mm 2 ) 2x ( ≤ 4 mm 2 )C11

MiniaResidual current circuit breakersACCESSORIES FOR OLE, OLIAuxiliary switchInstallation: on the right side of the residual currentcircuit breaker with overload protection.For signalling the position of contacts of residual currentcircuit breakers with overload protection.Auxiliary switch with handle adapterArrangement Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts code of modules [kg] [pcs]11 1) PS-LV-1100-K 38938 0.5 0.05 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsSpecificationsTypePS-LV-..Standards EN 60947-5-1, EN 62019Approval marksArrangement of contacts 1) 11Rated operating voltage / current U e/ I e400 V a.c. / 2 AAC-13230 V a.c. / 6 AAC-14400 V a.c. / 2 A230 V a.c. / 6 A220 V d.c. / 1 ADC-13110 V d.c. / 1 A60 V d.c. / 3 A24 V d.c. / 6 AMechanical endurance10 000 operating cyclesElectrical endurance10 000 operating cyclesMountingon the right side of the deviceDegree of protectionIP20ConnectionConductor rigid (solid, stranded) 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Conductor flexible 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque0.5 NmTop or bottom connectionyesOperating conditionsAmbient temperature -25 ÷ 40 °CWorking positionarbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsC12

Residual current circuit breakersMiniaACCESSORIES FOR OLE, OLIDimensionsPS-LV-110073.3DiagramPS-LV-110013 2114 229045909 6446468.5Installation of auxiliary switchPS-LV-11001. At mounting the levers of auxiliary switch and of thedevice are in OFF position.2. Slide the handle adapter on the control lever of thedevice from the right.3. Swing away the fastening tapes.4. Slide the auxiliary switch on the device from the rightto interconnect the shaft of the control lever and theswitching system.5. Secure the fastening tapes.6. Check correct function by switching.1OLI, OLE245OD-OL-NR01PS-LV-1100335555OLI, OLEPS-LV-1100max. 2xC13

MiniaOFEResidual current circuit breakersRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS OFE (6 kA)They react to sine-wave residual current (type AC).For protection:– against dangerous contact with live parts (I Δn≤ 30 mA)– against dangerous contact with dead parts– against fire or short-circuit in reduced insulationcapacity of electrical equipment (I Δn≤ 300 mA)Possibility of additional mounting of auxiliary switchesPS-OF-1100 on the right side of the device.Surge current resistance up to 1 kA (8/20 μs).Possibility of interconnection with circuit breakers LPE(LPN) by means of interconnecting busbars.N-pole of residual current circuit breakers in switchingon it closes before and in switching off it opens afterthe other poles.Residual current circuit breakers, 2-pole, type AC6 000 Standard type for common use in building and housing installations up to 40 A, 230 V a.c.I ΔnI nType Product Number Weight Package[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]30 25 OFE-25-2-030AC 35299 2 0.28 130 40 OFE-40-2-030AC 35301 2 0.28 1300 25 OFE-25-2-300AC 35300 2 0.28 1300 40 OFE-40-2-300AC 35302 2 0.28 1Residual current circuit breakers, 4-pole, type AC Standard type for common use in building and housing installations up to 63 A, 230/400 V a.c.I ΔnI nType Product Number Weight Package[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]25 OFE-25-4-030AC 35303 4 0.52 130 40 OFE-40-4-030AC 35305 4 0.52 163 OFE-63-4-030AC 35307 4 0.52 130040 OFE-40-4-300AC 35306 4 0.52 163 OFE-63-4-300AC 35308 4 0.52 1Accessories to OFEAuxiliary switch PS-OF-1100 page C22Interconnecting busbars G2L-1000-16, G4L-1000-16 page E52Terminal extensions AS-25-G, AS-25-S page E57C14

OFERESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS OFE (6 kA)Residual current circuit breakersMiniaSpecificationsType OFE-..-2-.. OFE-..-4-..Standards EN 61008, IEC 755 EN 61008, IEC 755Approval marksNumber of poles 2 4Type AC ACRated current I n25, 40 A 25, 40, 63 ARated residual current I Δn30, 300 mA 30, 300 mARated operating voltage U e230 V a.c. 230/400 V a.c.Min. operating voltage 1) U min100 V a.c. 100 V a.c.Max. operating voltage U max240 V a.c. 240/415 V a.c.Rated frequency f n50/60 Hz 50/60 HzRated conditional short-circuit current:3)I ncwith back-up fuse I n≤ 63 A gG 6 kA -with back-up fuse I n ≤ 100 A gG - 6 kAwith back-up miniature circuit breaker LPE, LPN, L ST with I nmax. 1:1 6 kA 6 kARated making and breaking capacity I m500 A 800 ASurge resistance (8/20 μs) 1 kA 1 kARelease delay - -Mechanical endurance >10 000 operating cycles >10 000 operating cyclesEElectrical endurance >10 000 operating cycles >10 000 operating cyclesDegree of protection IP20 IP20ConnectionConductor 1 ÷ 16 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm 2Torque 3 Nm 3 NmTop or bottom connection yes yesOperating conditionsAmbient temperature -5 ÷ 45 °C -5 ÷ 45 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrarySeismic resistance IEC 980:1993 2) IEC 980:1993 2)1)For preserving the function of the test push-button2)It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín3)Rated conditional short-circuit current relates to short-circuit protection. It is also possible to protect residual current circuit breakers against overload by circuit breaker and fuse-link. In this case I nof MCB has to beequal or lower than I nof RCCB (I n MCB ≤ I n RCCB ) a I nand In of fuse-link has to be by one degree lower than I nof RCCB (I n of fuse-link by one degree lower ≤ I n RCCB )Powers losses POFE-...-2-...I n[A]I Δn[A]P 1)[W/pole]OFE-...-4-...0.03 2 25 0.03 1.2250.30 10.03 3.2400.03 4 0.30 1.65400.30 2.50.03 41) 63Mean values 0.30 3.21)Mean valuesI n[A]I Δn[A]P 1)[W/pole]DimensionsOFE-..-2-..OFE-..4-..459036 7274464C15

MiniaOFEResidual current circuit breakersRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS OFE (6 kA)DiagramOFE-..-2-..1OFE-..-4-..N 135N2 N246 NConnectionresidual current circuit breaker 4-polein 1-phase circuits with N-poleresidual current circuit breaker 4-polein 3-phase circuits without N-poleL NL1 L2 L3135N135N246 NOFE-..-4-..246 NOFE-..-4-..C16

OFIResidual current circuit breakersMiniaRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS OFI (10 kA)For protection:– against dangerous contact with live parts (I Δn≤ 30 mA)– against dangerous contact with dead parts– against fire or short-circuit in reduced insulationcapacity of electrical equipmentPossibility of additional mounting of auxiliary switchesPS-OF-1100 or PS-OF125-1100 on the right side of thedevice.Possibility of interconnection with circuit breakers LPN(LPE)) by means of interconnecting busbars.N-pole of residual current circuit breakers in switchingon it closes before and in switching off it opens afterthe other poles.Residual current circuit breakers, 2-pole, type ACThey react to sine-wave residual current.Standard type for common use in building andindustrial installations up to 40 A, 230 V a.c.Surge current resistance up to 1 kA (8/20 μs).I ΔnI nType Product Number Weight Package[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]3025 OFI-25-2-030AC 36797 2 0.28 140 OFI-40-2-030AC 36800 2 0.28 110025 OFI-25-2-100AC 36798 2 0.28 140 OFI-40-2-100AC 36801 2 0.28 130025 OFI-25-2-300AC 36799 2 0.28 140 OFI-40-2-300AC 36802 2 0.28 110 000Residual current circuit breakers, 4-pole, type ACThey react to sine-wave residual current.Standard type for common use in building andindustrial installations up to 125 A, 230/400 V a.c.Surge current resistance up to 1 kA (8/20 μs).I ΔnI nType Product Number Weight Package[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]25 OFI-25-4-030AC 36806 4 0.52 140 OFI-40-4-030AC 36809 4 0.52 13063 OFI-63-4-030AC 36813 4 0.52 180 OFI-80-4-030AC 36817 4 0.52 1100 OFI-100-4-030AC 36819 4 0.52 1125 OFI-125-4-030AC 36823 4 0.52 125 OFI-25-4-100AC 36807 4 0.52 140 OFI-40-4-100AC 36810 4 0.52 1100 63 OFI-63-4-100AC 36814 4 0.52 1100 OFI-100-4-100AC 36820 4 0.52 1125 OFI-125-4-100AC 36824 4 0.52 125 OFI-25-4-300AC 36808 4 0.52 140 OFI-40-4-300AC 36811 4 0.52 130063 OFI-63-4-300AC 36815 4 0.52 180 OFI-80-4-300AC 36818 4 0.52 1100 OFI-100-4-300AC 36821 4 0.52 1125 OFI-125-4-300AC 36825 4 0.52 140 OFI-40-4-500AC 36812 4 0.52 150063 OFI-63-4-500AC 36816 4 0.52 1100 OFI-100-4-500AC 36822 4 0.52 1125 OFI-125-4-500AC 36826 4 0.52 110 000C17

MiniaOFIResidual current circuit breakersRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS OFI (10 kA)Residual current circuit breakers, 2-pole, type AThey react to both sine-wave residual current andpulsating direct residual current (type A).Standard type for common use in building andindustrial installations up to 40 A, 230 V a.c.Surge current resistance up to 1 kA (8/20 μs).10 000-25I ΔnI nType Product Number Weight Package[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]10 16 OFI-16-2-010A 35273 2 0.28 13025 OFI-25-2-030A 35274 2 0.28 140 OFI-40-2-030A 35277 2 0.28 110025 OFI-25-2-100A 35275 2 0.28 140 OFI-40-2-100A 35278 2 0.28 130025 OFI-25-2-300A 35276 2 0.28 140 OFI-40-2-300A 35279 2 0.28 1Residual current circuit breakers, 4-pole, type AThey react to both sine-wave residual current andpulsating direct residual current (type A).Standard type for common use in building andindustrial installations up to 125 A, 230/400 V a.c.Surge current resistance up to 1 kA (8/20 μs).10 000-25I ΔnI nType Product Number Weight Package[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]25 OFI-25-4-030A 35280 4 0.52 140 OFI-40-4-030A 35283 4 0.52 13063 OFI-63-4-030A 35287 4 0.52 180 OFI-80-4-030A 36830 4 0.52 1100 OFI-100-4-030A 36831 4 0.52 1125 OFI-125-4-030A 36835 4 0.52 125 OFI-25-4-100A 35281 4 0.52 140 OFI-40-4-100A 35284 4 0.52 1100 63 OFI-63-4-100A 35288 4 0.52 1100 OFI-100-4-100A 36832 4 0.52 1125 OFI-125-4-100A 36836 4 0.52 125 OFI-25-4-300A 35282 4 0.52 140 OFI-40-4-300A 35285 4 0.52 130063 OFI-63-4-300A 35289 4 0.52 180 OFI-80-4-300A 35291 4 0.52 1100 OFI-100-4-300A 36833 4 0.52 1125 OFI-125-4-300A 36837 4 0.52 140 OFI-40-4-500A 35286 4 0.52 150063 OFI-63-4-500A 35290 4 0.52 1100 OFI-100-4-500A 36834 4 0.52 1125 OFI-125-4-500A 36838 4 0.52 1C18

OFIResidual current circuit breakersMiniaRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS OFI (10 kA)Residual current circuit breakers, type AC-G, A-GSpecial residual current circuit breakers which reducethe number of undesirable releases.Release delay: 10 ms.Surge current resistance up to 3 kA (8/20 μs ).It is recommended to install them before the equipmentcausing short-time (up to 10 ms) stray currents– heavy induction motors, large heating bodies, interferencesuppressors, surge voltage arresters etc.For protection:– against dangerous contact with live parts (I Δn≤ 30 mA)– against dangerous contact with dead parts– against fire or short-circuit in reduced insulationcapacity of electrical equipment.Possibility of additional mounting of auxiliary switchesPS-OF-1100 on the right side of the device.Possibility of interconnection with circuit breakers LPN(LPE)) by means of interconnecting busbars.Residual current circuit breakers, 2-pole, type AC-GThey react to sine-wave residual current (type AC).10 000 -25 GI ΔnI nType Product Number Weight Package[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]3025 OFI-25-2-030AC-G 38437 2 0.28 140 OFI-40-2-030AC-G 38438 2 0.28 1Residual current circuit breakers, 4-pole, type AC-GThey react to sine-wave residual current (type AC).10 000 -25 GI ΔnI nType Product Number Weight Package[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]25 OFI-25-4-030AC-G 38439 4 0.52 130 40 OFI-40-4-030AC-G 38440 4 0.52 163 OFI-63-4-030AC-G 38441 4 0.52 125 OFI-25-4-100AC-G 38443 4 0.52 1100 40 OFI-40-4-100AC-G 38444 4 0.52 163 OFI-63-4-100AC-G 38445 4 0.52 1Residual current circuit breakers, 2-pole, type A-GThey react to both sine-wave residual current andpulsating direct residual current (type A).10 000 -25 GI ΔnI nType Product Number Weight Package[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]3025 OFI-25-2-030A-G 38447 2 0.28 140 OFI-40-2-030A-G 38448 2 0.28 1Residual current circuit breakers, 4-pole, type A-GThey react to both sine-wave residual current andpulsating direct residual current (type A).10 000 -25 GI ΔnI nType Product Number Weight Package[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]25 OFI-25-4-030A-G 35292 4 0.52 130 40 OFI-40-4-030A-G 35294 4 0.52 163 OFI-63-4-030A-G 36839 4 0.52 125 OFI-25-4-100A-G 35293 4 0.52 1100 40 OFI-40-4-100A-G 35295 4 0.52 163 OFI-63-4-100A-G 35296 4 0.52 1C19

MiniaOFIResidual current circuit breakersRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS OFI (10 kA)Residual current circuit breakers, 4-pole, selective, type A-SThey react to both sine-wave residual current andpulsating direct residual current (type A).Special residual current circuit breakers which reducethe number of undesirable releases and enableselective switching of residual current circuit breakers.It is recommended to install them before the equipmentcausing short-time (up to 40 ms) stray currents– heavy induction motors, large heating bodies,interference suppressors, surge voltage arresters etc.Surge resistance: 5 kA (8/20 μs).Release delay: 40 ms.10 000I ΔnI nType Product Number Weight Package[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]30040 OFI-40-4-300A-S 35297 4 0.52 163 OFI-63-4-300A-S 35298 4 0.52 1-25SSpecificationsAccessories to OFIAuxiliary switches PS-OF-1100, PS-OF125-1100 page C22Interconnecting busbars G2L-1000-16, G4L-1000-16, S4L-1000-16 page E52Terminal extensions AS-25-G, AS-25-S page E57Powers losses POFI-...-2-...I nI ΔnP 1)OFI-...-4-...I nI ΔnP 1)[A][A][W/pole][A][A][W/pole]16 0.01 2.50.03; 0.1 1.2250.03; 0.1 2 0.3 0.65250.30 10.03; 0.1 3.2400.03; 0.1 4 0.3; 0.5 1.65400.30 2.50.03; 0.1 41) 63Mean values 0.3; 0.5 3.280 0.3 4.81)Mean valuesType OFI-..-2-.. OFI-..-4-..OFI-100-4-..OFI-125-4-..OFI-..-2-..-G OFI-..-4-..-G OFI-..-4-..-SStandards EN 61008, IEC 755 EN 61008, IEC 755 EN 61008, IEC 755 EN 61008, IEC 755 EN 61008, IEC 755 EN 61008, IEC 755Approval marksNumber of poles 2 4 4 2 4 4Type AC, A AC, A AC, A AC-G, A-G G AC- G, A-G G A- S SRated curren I n16, 25, 40 A 25, 40, 63, 80 A 100, 125 A 25, 40 A 25, 40, 63 A 40, 63 ARated residual current I Δn10, 30, 100, 300 mA 10, 30, 100, 300, 500 mA 30, 100, 300, 500 mA 30 mA 30, 100 mA 300 mARated operating voltage U e230 V a.c. 230/400 V a.c. 230/400 V a.c. 230 V a.c. 230/400 V a.c. 230/400 V a.c.Min. operating voltage 1) U min100 V a.c. 100 V a.c. 100 V a.c. 100 V a.c. 100 V a.c. 100 V a.c.Max. operating voltage U max240 V a.c. 240/415 V a.c. 240/415 V a.c. 240 V a.c. 240/415 V a.c. 240/415 V a.c.Rated frequency f n50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 HzRated conditional short-circuit current: I ncwith back-up fuse I n ≤ 63 A gG 10 kA - - 10 kA - -with back-up fuse I n ≤ 100 A gG - 10 kA 10 kA - 10 kA 10 kAwith back-up MCB LPN, LST with I n max. 1:1 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kAwith back-up MCB LPE with I n max. 1:1 6 kA 6 kA 6 kA 6 kA 6 kA 6 kARated making and breaking capacity I m500 A 800 A 1 250 A 500 A 800 A 800 ASurge resistance (8/20 μs) 1 kA 1 kA 1 kA 3 kA 3 kA 5 kARelease delay - - - 10 ms 10 ms 40 msMechanical endurance >10 000 operating cycles >10 000 operating cycles >10 000 operating cycles >10 000 operating cycles >10 000 operating cycles >10 000 operating cyclesElectrical endurance >10 000 operating cycles >10 000 operating cycles >10 000 operating cycles >10 000 operating cycles >10 000operating cycles >10 000 operating cyclesDegree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20ConnectionConductor 1 ÷ 16 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 2.5 ÷ 50 mm 2 1 ÷ 16 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm 2Torque 2.5 Nm 3 Nm 3.5 Nm 3 Nm 3 Nm 3 NmTop or bottom connection yes yes yes yes yes yesOperating conditionsAmbient temperature type AC -5 ÷ 45 °C -5 ÷ 45 °C -5 ÷ 45 °C -25 ÷ 45 °C -25 ÷ 45 °C -25 ÷ 45 °Ctype A -25 ÷ 45 °C -25 ÷ 45 °C -25 ÷ 45 °C -25 ÷ 45 °C -25 ÷ 45 °C -25 ÷ 45 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrarySeismic resistance IEC 980:1993 2) IEC 980:1993 2) - IEC 980:1993 2) IEC 980:1993 2) IEC 980:1993 2)1)For preserving the function of the test push-button2)It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín3)Rated conditional short-circuit current is related to short-circuit protection. It is also possible to protect residual current circuit breakers against overload by circuit breaker and fuse-link. In this case I nof MCBhas to be equal or lower than I nof RCCB (I n MCB ≤ I n RCCB ) and I nof fuse-link has to be by one degree lower than I nof RCCB (I ≤ I n of fuse-link by one degree lower n RCCB)C20

OFIResidual current circuit breakersMiniaRESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS OFI (10 kA)DimensionsOFI-..-2-..OFI-..-4-..459036 7274464OFI-125-4-..71458772 64464DiagramOFI-..-2-.. OFI-..-4-.. OFI-100-4-.. , OFI-125-4-..1 N 1 3 5 N 1 3 5 N2 N246 N246 NConnectionresidual current circuit breaker 4-pole25 ÷ 80 Ain 1-phase circuits with N-poleLNresidual current circuit breaker 4-pole100 and 125 Ain 1-phase circuits with N-poleLNresidual current circuit breaker 4-polein 3-phase circuits without N-poleL1 L2 L3135N135N135N246 NOFI-..-4-..246 NOFI-..-4-..246 NOFI-..-4-..C21

MiniaResidual current circuit breakersACCESSORIES FOR OFE, OFIAuxiliary switches for residual current circuit breakersAccessories to: OFI and OFE.Installation: on the right side of the residual currentcircuit breaker.For signalling the position of contacts of residualcurrent circuit breakers.Accessories to Type Product Arrangement Number Weight Packagecode of contacts 1) of modules [kg] [pcs]OFI, OFE do 80 A PS-OF-1100 35309 11 0.5 0.07 1OFI 100, 125 A PS-OF125-1100 36840 11 0.5 0.07 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsSpecificationsType PS-OF-1100 PS-OF125-1100Standards EN 62019 EN 62019EN 60947-5-1Approval marksArrangement of contacts 1) 11 11Rated operating voltage / current U e/I eAC-12 230 V a.c. / 6 A 230 V a.c. / 5 AAC-14 230 V a.c. / 3.6 A -DC-12 220 V d.c. / 1 A 220 V d.c. / 0.5 AMin. voltage / current 24 V a.c. / 50 mA 24 V a.c. / 50 mAShort-circuit protection MCB 6 A, characteristic B or C MCB 6 A, characteristic B or Cfuse 6 A gGfuse 6 A gGElectrical endurance 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cyclesDegree of protection IP20 IP20Mounting on the right side of the device on the right side of the deviceConnectionConductor rigid (solid, stranded) 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Conductor flexible 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque 0.8 Nm 0.8 NmTop or bottom connection yes yesOperating conditionsAmbient temperature -25 ÷ 45 °C -25 ÷ 45 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsC22

Residual current circuit breakersMiniaACCESSORIES FOR OFE, OFIDimensionsPS-OF125-1100PS-OF-1100112313214587459024129 643609221474464DiagramPS-OF-1100PS-OF125-110013 1121 2322 2414 12C23

MiniaResidual current circuit breakersBASIC TERMS, SYMBOLS AND BREAK TIMESRated residual operating current I Δnis the value ofresidual current I Δnspecified by the manufacturer, atwhich the residual current circuit breaker must switchout under specified conditions. Alternating residualcurrent must by cut off by the residual current circuitbreaker within (0.5 ÷ 1) I ΔnRated current I nis the value of current specified by themanufacturer, which can be transferred by the residualcurrent circuit breaker continuously. So the current I ncan pass through the contacts for an unlimited time.Therefore it is, for instance, possible to use a residualcurrent circuit breaker with I n= 25 A in the circuit withmax. current up to 25 A. For protection against overloadof the residual current circuit breakers OFI, OFE it isrecommended to use the circuit breakers LPE, LPN, LSTwith rated current I ncircuit breaker ≤ I n RCCBRated operating voltage U eis the voltage the residualcurrent circuit breaker is to be connected to and whichproperties are related to. The connected voltage has noeffect on the device function but on the function of thetest circuit and isolation properties.Rated frequency f nis the frequency the residual currentcircuit breaker is designed for and at which it workscorrectly under stated conditions. Majority of residualcurrent circuit breakers are designed for f n= 50 to 60 Hz.As the residual current circuit breaker function is based onthe induction principle, the residual current behaviour andfrequency show an effect upon tripping. When using adevice designed for 50/60 Hz in a network with a differentfrequency, the user must count on a change of the trippingthreshold i.e. a change of I ΔnRated conditional short-circuit current I nc– shortcircuitstrength. The function and design principledoes not allow to use the residual current circuitbreaker for protection against short-circuit. For circuitprotection it is necessary to use a circuit breaker or afuse. These elements cut the short-circuited circuitsafely off. The residual current circuit breaker must onlywithstand the through-going short-circuit current. Theamplitude of the maximum through current is definedas rated conditional short-circuit current I nc. The shortcircuitstrength is then expressed by the current I nc. Forexample, on the rating plate, I nc= 10 kA is expressed bythe following symbol:10 000Ambient temperature T for the residual current circuitbreakers is (-5 ÷ +40) °C according to almost allinternational standards. Some residual current circuitbreakers work in an extended range (-25 ÷ +40) °C.This possibility is identified by the following symbol onthe rating plate:-25Residual current circuit breaker – type AC – reacts tosine-wave residual current – it is used in conventionalAC networksResidual current circuit breaker – type A – reactsto sine-wave alternating and pulsating direct residualcurrents – it is used in conventional AC networks and thenetworks with phase power regulation etc.Residual current circuit breaker – type G – specialresidual current circuit breaker reducing the number ofundesirable cut-offs. It is mainly installed before thedevices causing short-time (up to 10 ms) stray currents.Identification: GSurge resistance: 3 kA (8/20 μs)Release delay: 10 msGResidual current circuit breaker – type S – specialresidual current circuit breaker, which is mainlyintended for selective switching of residual currentcircuit breakers and reduction of undesirable cut-offs.It is installed before the devices causing short-time(up to 40 ms) stray currents.Identification: SSurge resistance: 5 kA (8/20 μs)Release delay: 40 msSSelective (discriminating) switching means that if theresidual current circuit breakers are connected in series,only the device in which circuit a failure occurs will cutoff the current. More specifically, only the device in whichthe tripping residual current appears due to a failurein the protected circuit will turn off the current. Theadvantage consists in maintaining the power supply inthe other circuits not affected by the failure.Such function of the protected circuit is achieved byconnection of the selective residual current circuit breaker(see Fig. 1) before the standard or G type residual currentcircuit breaker, with the following ratio of rated residualcurrents:loadloadFig. 1. Simplified example of selectiveconnection of residual current circuit breakersI ΔnSI Δn -,GI ΔnS = 0.3 AI Δn- = 0.1 AI ΔnG = 0.03 AI Δn S≥ 3 x I Δn -,Grated residual operating current of the selectiveresidual current circuit breakerrated residual operating current of standard or G typeresidual current circuit breakerThe main reason of selective disconnecting of circuits ishigher time delay of the selective residual current circuitbreakers in tripping (compared to standard or G typeones).Residual current circuit breaker with overcurrentprotection – this device is a combination of residualcurrent circuit breaker and circuit breaker with 2-modulewidth – it saves the space in the switchboard comparedto conventional connection of two separate devices(3 modules). This eliminates the problem of back-upprotection and interconnection. The disadvantageof such a design compared to conventional one is thatit is not possible to identify whether the tripping wasactuated by the residual current circuit breaker or by thecircuit breaker.Min. time delay and break times of the residual current circuit breakersType of residual current circuit breakersstandard G SMin. time delay T v s - 0.01 0.04Break times t at I Δn s t ≤ 0.3 0.01 ≤ t ≤ 0.3 0.13 ≤ t ≤ 0.5(according to EN 61008-1) at 2I Δn s t ≤ 0.15 0.01 ≤ t ≤ 0.15 0.06 ≤ t ≤ 0.2at 5I Δn s t ≤ 0.04 0.01 ≤ t ≤ 0.04 0.05 ≤ t ≤ 0.15at 500 A s t ≤ 0.04 0.01 ≤ t ≤ 0.04 0.04 ≤ t ≤ 0.15note no bottom limits of the break time value 0.01 s is not given by standard break times are valid for the residual currentcircuit breaker with I n≥ 25 A and I Δn> 0.03 AC24

MiniaOverview of overvoltage protections............................................................................... D2Lightning current arresters - type 1.................................................................................. D3Combined lightning current and surge voltagearresters - type 1 + type 2...................................................................................................... D8Surge voltage arresters - type 2......................................................................................... D12Surge voltage arresters - type 3......................................................................................... D16Surge voltage arresters for photovoltaic systems................................................... D19Replaceable modules.............................................................................................................. D21Recommendations for design, installation and measurementof overvoltage protections..................................................................................................... D22OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONSD

MiniaOvervoltage protectionsOVERVIEW OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONSDesign T1 T1 + T2PreviewType SJB SJBplus SJBC SVBCArrester classificationaccording to EN 61643-11type 1 type 1 type 1 + type 2 type 1 + type 2Maximum constant operating voltage U c350 V a.c. 440 V a.c. 350 V a.c. 275 V a.c.Lightning current (10/350 μs) / pole I imp25 kA 50 kA 25 kA 12,5 kARated discharge current (8/20 μs) / pole I n25 kA 50 kA 25 kA 20 kAMaximum discharge current (8/20 μs) / pole I max- - 40 kA 50 kAVoltage protection level U p≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 2.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kVReplaceable module - -Optical signalling - Remote signalling - available,- unavailableDesign T2 T3 T2 FVPreviewType SVC-275 SVC-350 SVM-440 SVD-253 SVD-335 SVFArrester classificationaccording to EN 61643-11type 2 type 2 type 2 type 3 type 3 type 2Maximum constant operating voltage U c275 V a.c. 350 V a.c. 440 V a.c. 253 V a.c 335 V a.c. 1000 V / 600 V d.c.Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) / pole I n20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 3 kA 1,5 kA 15 kAMaximum discharge current (8/20 μs) / pole I max40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 10 kA 4,5 kA 30 kA / 40 kAOff -load voltage U oc- - - 6 kV 4 kV -Voltage protection level U p≤ 1.35 kV ≤ 1.4 kV ≤ 2.2 kV ≤ 1.1 kV ≤ 1.2 kV ≤ 5 kV / 3 kVReplaceable module - Optical signalling Remote signalling available, - unavailableFV - intended mainly for photovoltaic sourcesD2

Overvoltage protectionsMiniaLIGHTNING CURRENT ARRESTERS - TYPE 1For protection of electric networks and equipment againstovervoltage from direct or indirect lightning strokes inthe arresting equipment of buildings, LV lines etc.For protection of electric networks and equipment in residential,commercial and industrial buildings etc.It reduces voltage and „cut up“ the overvoltage wavepower caused by direct or indirect lightning stroke.Use: as the first stage (coarse protection) in three degreescale of protection against overvoltage – type 1 accordingto EN 61643-11.For further information on OEZ offer of overvoltageprotection see „Overvoltage protections – Applicationmanual”.Lightning current arresters SJB-25E-...Lightning current arresters designed for building,residential, commercial and other similar installationsclassed in group „big installation threat“.For four-wire TN-C network, use SJB-25E-3-MZS , andfor five-wire TN-S, TT network use SJB-25E-3N-MZS.The main element is an enclosed spark gap withelectronic ignition release able to arrest lightningcurrent up to 25 kA (10/350μs).Ability of quenching of follow current up to 50 kA.Possibility of mounting in casual distribution boardsand switchboard cabinets Distri.Design: multipart, consisting of a base and replaceablemodules. The modules can be removed in caseof measurement or failure without necessity of devicedisconnection.Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down devicestate (after disconnection the lightning current arresteris non-functional and the replaceable module must bereplaced).The modules can be turned in their base by 180°, sothat it is also possible to turn the whole device whilekeeping legibility of description (e.g. at connectionfrom the top).Lightning current arresters SJB-25E-... partly replacethe type 1, which are shown in the cataloguey Minia(N1-2008-C ). The replacements are shown in detailsin the conversion table at the end of the chapter.Network Type Product Number Weight Packagecode of modules [kg] [pcs]TN-C (3L + PEN) SJB-25E-3-MZS 38357 6 0.91 1TN-S (3L + N + PE ) SJB-25E-3N-MZS 38358 8 1.31 1AccessoriesTerminal extensions AS-.., CS-FH000.., N3x10-FH000 page E57D3

MiniaOvervoltage protectionsLIGHTNING CURRENT ARRESTERS - TYPE 1Lightning current arresters SJBplus-50-2,5Lightning current arrester for demanding applications,industry, power engineering etc.For four-wire TN-C network, use 3 pcs SJBplus-50-2.5,and for five-wire TN-S, TT network use the combination3 pcs SJBplus-50-2.5 + 1 pc SJB-NPE-1,5.Main component is a powerful arrester gap withelectronic ignition release able to arrest lightningcurrent up to 50 kA (10/350 μs).Ability of quenching of follow current up to 50 kA.It is necessary to consider deionization space shownon page D7.Connection Type Product Number Weight Packagebetween code of modules [kg] [pcs]L-PEN, L-PE, L-N SJBplus-50-2,5 39227 2 0.567 1Summing spark gap SJB-NPE-1,5Lightning current arrester intended especially forconnection 3+1 or 1+1.Use as a summary spark gap between N and PE in TN-Sor TT network (connection „3+1“ or „1+1“).Main component is a powerful arrester gap withelectronic ignition release able to arrest lightningcurrent up to 100 kA (10/350 μs).Ability of quenching of follow short-circuit currentup to 100 A without the ionized gas.Possibility of mounting in casual distribution boardsand switchboard cabinets Distri.Connection Type Product Number Weight Packagebetween code of modules [kg] [pcs]N-PE SJB-NPE-1,5 34716 2 0.32 1AccessoriesInterconnecting busbars G1L-1000-16-L page E52Terminal extensions AS-.., CS-FH000.., N3x10-FH000 page E57D4

Overvoltage protectionsMiniaLIGHTNING CURRENT ARRESTERS - TYPE 1SpecificationsType SJB-25E-3-MZS SJB-25E-3N-MZS SJBplus-50-2.5 SJB-NPE-1.5Standards EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1VDE 0675-6 VDE 0675-6 VDE 0675-6 VDE 0675-6Approval marksRated voltage U N230 V/400 V a.c. 230 V/400 V a.c. 400 V a.c. 230 V a.c.Maximum constant operating voltage U C350 V a.c. 350 V a.c. 440 V a.c. 260 V a.c.Lightning current (10/350 μs) I imppeak value I peakl 75 kA (25 kA / pole) 100 kA (25 kA / pole) 50 kA 100 kAcharge Q 37.5 As 50 As 25 As 50 Asspecific energy W/R 1.4 MJ/Ω 2.5 MJ/Ω 0.625 MJ/Ω 2.5 MJ/ΩRated discharge current (8/20 μs) I nL-N - 25 kA 50 kA -N-PE - 100 kA - 100 kAL-PEN 25 kA - 50 kA -Rated frequency f n50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 HzVoltage protection level U pL-N - ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 2.5 kV -N-PE - ≤ 1.5 kV - ≤ 1.5 kVL-PEN ≤ 1.5 kV - ≤ 2.5 kV -Arrester classification according to EN 61643-11 type 1 type 1 type 1 type 1according to IEC 61643-1 class I class I class I class Iaccording to VDE 0675-6 class B class B class B class BResponse time L-N - ≤ 100 ns ≤ 100 ns -N-PE - ≤ 100 ns - ≤ 100 nsL-PEN ≤ 100 ns - ≤ 100 ns -Quenching follow-current I fiL-N - 50 kA / 264 V a.c. 50 kA / 400 V a.c. -N-PE - 0.1 kA - 0.1 kAL-PEN 50 kA / 264 V a.c. - 50 kA / 400 V a.c. -Max. backup fuse gG / gL 315 A 315 A 500 A -Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20Mounting on “U” rail according to EN – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35ConnectionConductor rigid (solid, stranded) 2.5 ÷ 35 mm 2 2.5 ÷ 35 mm 2 10 ÷ 50 mm 2 10 ÷ 50 mm 2Conductor flexible 2.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 2.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 16 ÷ 35 mm 2 16 ÷ 35 mm 2Torque 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 8 Nm 8 NmTop or bottom connection yes yes yes yesOptical signallingFunctional state green colour green colour - -Non-functional state red colour red colour - -Remote signallingArrangement of contacts 1) 001 001 - -Max. voltage / current U max/ I max250 V a.c. / 1 A 250 V a.c. / 1 A - -125 V d.c. / 0.2 A 125 V d.c. / 0.2 A - -Connection – conductor (rigid, flexible) 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm 2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm 2 - -Torque 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm - -Operating conditionsAmbient temperature -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 85 °C -40 ÷ 85 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contactsD5

MiniaOvervoltage protectionsLIGHTNING CURRENT ARRESTERS - TYPE 1DimensionsSJB-25E-3-MZSSJB-25E-3N-MZS~8121114121114~74590107.1142.85.543.564SJBplus-50-2.545904515135 5.5 43.572.5SJB-NPE-1.5355.5 43.558D6

Overvoltage protectionsMiniaLIGHTNING CURRENT ARRESTERS - TYPE 1Deionization spaces SJBplus-50-2,51) 2)100 mm55 mm 55 mm7.5 mm55 mmBy the action of arrester there happens to the ionized gasfrom the back side of the arrester. Deionization space isdefined in fig. 1). In the deionization space there mustnot be any highly and medium combustible material (firereaction class C, D, E or F according to EN 13501-1 +A1) orlive bare conductive parts. Minimum distance from materialscombustible with difficulty or non-combustiblematerials (fire reaction class A1, A2, B) is shown in fig. 2).55 mm55 mm120°55 mmDiagramSJB-25E-3-MZSSJB-25E-3N-MZS12 11 14 12 11 14NL1 L2 L3L1 L2 L3SJBplus-50-2,5L/N ( )SJB-NPE-1,5N ( )(L/N)(N)D7

MiniaOvervoltage protectionsCOMBINED LIGHTNING CURRENT AND SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS - TYPE 1 + TYPE 2 +For protection of electric networks and equipment againstovervoltage from direct or indirect lightning strokesin the arresting equipment of buildings, LV lines etc.For protection against overvoltage caused by atmosphericdisturbances and from switching processesin networks.For protection of common wiring in apartments,houses, commercial buildings etc.It reduces voltage and „cut up“ the overvoltage wavepower caused by direct or indirect lightning strokeand or switching processes in the networks.Use: as the first stage (coarse protection) and the secondstage (medium protection) in three degree scale ofprotection against overvoltage – type 1 and type 2according to EN 61643-11.For further information on OEZ offer of overvoltage protectionsee „Overvoltage protections – Applicationmanual”.Lightning current and surge voltage arresters SJBC-25E-...Lightning current and surge voltage arresters designed Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down devicefor building, residential, commercial and other similarstate (after disconnection the lightning current arresterinstallations classed in group „big installation threat“.is non-functional and the replaceable module must beFor four-wire TN-C network, use SJBC-25E-3-MZS, and forreplaced).five-wire TN-S, TT network use SJBC-25E-3N-MZS. The modules can be turned in their base by 180°, soMain components are an enclosed spark gap withthat it is also possible to turn the whole device whileelectronic ignition release (T1) able to arrest lightningkeeping legibility of description (e.g. at connectioncurrent up to 25 kA (10/350 μs) and a parallel varistorfrom the top).(T2) with quicker reaction time (25 ns).Lightning current and surge voltage arresters SJBC-25E-...Ability of quenching of follow short-circuit currentreplace the connection of overvoltage protectionsup to 25 kA without the ionized gas.of the 1st and 2nd type installed in series next to eachPossibility of mounting in casual distribution boardsother, shown in the catalogue Modular devices Miniaand switchboard cabinets Distri.(N1-2008-A). The replacements are shown in detailsDesign: multipart, consisting of a base and replaceablein the conversion table at the end of the chapter.modules. The modules can be removed in caseof measurement or failure without necessity of devicedisconnection.Network Type Product Number Weight Packagecode of modules [kg] [pcs]TN-C (3L + PEN) SJBC-25E-3-MZS 38361 6 1.04 1TN-S (3L + N + PE) SJBC-25E-3N-MZS 38362 8 1.43 1AccessoriesTerminal extensions AS-.., CS-FH000.., N3x10-FH000 page E57D8

Overvoltage protectionsMiniaCOMBINED LIGHTNING CURRENT AND SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS - TYPE 1 + TYPE 2 +Lightning current and surge voltage arresters SVBC-12,5...Lightning current arresters designed for building, Remote signalling of state is provided in type ...-S.residential, commercial and other similar installations Lightning current and surge voltage arresters SVBC-...classed in group „medium installation threat“.can be used instead of connection of overvoltageFor four-wire TN-C network, use 3 pcs SVBC-12.5-1(-S), andprotections of the 1st and 2nd type installed in seriesfor five-wire TN-S, TT network use 3 pcs SVBC-12.5-1(-S)next to each other, shown in the catalogue Modular+ 1 pc SVBC-50-N.devices Minia (N1-2008-A). The replacements areMain component is varistor, able to arrest lightningshown in details in the conversion table at the endcurrent up to 12,5 kA (10/350 μs).of the chapter.Possibility of mounting in casual distribution board and Possibility of easy interconnection with circuit breakersswitchboard cabinets Distri.LPE, LPN by means of interconnecting busbar.Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down devicestate (after disconnection the lightning currentarrester is non-functional and it must be replaced).Connection Design Type Product Number Weight Packagebetween code of modules [kg] [pcs]L-PEN, L-PE, L-N without remote signalling SVBC-12,5-1 39027 1 0.15 1L-PEN, L-PE, L-N with remote signalling SVBC-12,5-1-S 38945 1 0.16 1Summing spark gap SVBC-50-NLightning current and surge voltage arrester designedespecially for connection 3+1 or 1+1.Use as a summary spark gap between N and PE in TN-Sor TT network (connection „3+1“ or „1+1”).Main component is an enclosed spark gap able to arrestlightning current up to 50 kA (10/350 μs).Possibility of mounting in casual distribution board andswitchboard cabinets Distri.Connection Design Type Product Number Weight Packagebetween code of modules [kg] [pcs]N-PE without remote signalling SVBC-50-N 39004 1 0.11 1AccessoriesInterconnecting busbars G1L-50-16-L, G1L-65-16-L, G1L-1000-16-L, S1L-.., S2L-.., S3L-.., S4L-.. page E52Terminal extensions AS-.., CS-FH000.., N3x10-FH000 page E57D9

MiniaOvervoltage protectionsCOMBINED LIGHTNING CURRENT AND SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS - TYPE 1 + TYPE 2 +SpecificationsType SJBC-25E-3-MZS SJBC-25E-3N-MZSSVBC-12,5-1SVBC-12,5-1-SSVBC-50-NStandards EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1VDE 0675-6 VDE 0675-6 VDE 0675-6 VDE 0675-6Approval marksRated voltage U N230 V/400 V a.c. 230 V/400 V a.c. 230 V a.c. 230 V a.c.Maximum constant operating voltage U C350 V a.c. 350 V a.c. 275 V a.c. 255 V a.c.Lightning current (10/350 μs) I imppeak value I peakl 75 kA (25 kA / pole) 100 kA (25 kA / pole) 12.5 kA 50 kAcharge Q 37.5 As 50 As 6.25 As 25 Asspecific energy W/R 1.4 MJ/Ω 2.5 MJ/Ω 39 kJ/Ω 625 kJ/ΩRated discharge current (8/20 μs) I nL-N - 25 kA 20 kA -N-PE - 100 kA - 50 kAL-PEN 25 kA - 20 kA -Maximum discharge current (8/20 μs) I maxL-N - 40 kA 50 kA -N-PE - - - 100 kAL-PEN 40 kA - 50 kA -Rated frequency f n50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 HzVoltage protection level U pL-N - ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kV -N-PE - ≤ 1.5 kV - ≤ 1.5 kVL-PEN ≤ 1.5 kV - ≤ 1.5 kV -Arrester classification according to EN 61643-11 type 1 and type 2 + type 1 and type 2 + type 1 and type 2 + type 1 and type 2 +according to IEC 61643-1 class I and class II class I and class II class I and class II class I and class IIaccording to VDE 0675-6 class B and class C class B and class C class B and class C class B and class CResponse time L-N - ≤ 25 ns ≤ 25 ns -N-PE - ≤ 100 ns - ≤ 100 nsL-PEN ≤ 25 ns - ≤ 25 ns -Quenching follow-current I fiL-N - 25 kA / 264 V a.c. - -N-PE - 0.1 kA - 0.1 kAL-PEN 25 kA / 264 V a.c. - - -Max. backup fuse gG / gL 315 A 315 A 160 A gL -Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20Mounting on “U” rail according to EN – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35ConnectionConductor rigid (solid, stranded) 2.5 ÷ 35 mm 2 2.5 ÷ 35 mm 2 2.5 ÷ 35 mm 2 2.5 ÷ 35 mm 2Conductor flexible 2.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 2.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 2.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 2.5 ÷ 25 mm 2Torque 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 3.5 Nm 3.5 NmTop or bottom connection yes yes yes yesOptical signallingFunctional state green colour green colour green colour -Non-functional state red red red -Remote signallingArrangement of contacts 1) 001 001 001 -Max. voltage / current U max/ I max250 V a.c. / 1 A 250 V a.c. / 1 A 250 V a.c. / 0.5 A -125 V d.c. / 0.2 A 125 V d.c. / 0.2 A 125 V d.c. / 0.2 A -Min. switched power 0.12 VA (12 V. 10 mA) 0.12 VA (12 V. 10 mA) 0.12 VA (12 V. 10 mA) -Connection – conductor (rigid, flexible) 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm 2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm 2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm 2 -Torque 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm -Operating conditionsAmbient temperature -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contactsD10

Overvoltage protectionsMiniaCOMBINED LIGHTNING CURRENT AND SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS - TYPE 1 + TYPE 2 +DimensionsSJBC-25E-3-MZSSJBC-25E-3N-MZS~8121114121114~74590107.1142.85.543.564SVBC-...~11141112~9~99.5459017.574469DiagramSJBC-25E-3-MZS12 11 14SJBC-25E-3N-MZSN12 11 14L1L2L3L1L2L3SVBC-12,5-1-S SVBC-12,5-1 SVBC-50-NL/N ( ) 12 11 14 L/N ( )N( )(L/N)(L/N)() ND11

MiniaOvervoltage protectionsSURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS - TYPE 2For protection of electric networks and equipmentagainst overvoltage from indirect lightning strokes.For protection against overvoltage caused by atmosphericdisturbances and from switching processes in networks.For protection of common wiring in apartments,commercial buildings etc.It reduces voltage and „cut up“ the overvoltage wavepower caused by indirect lightning stroke and orswitching processes in the networks.Use:- as the second stage (medium protection) in 3-stage overvoltageprotection - type 2 according to EN 61643-11Surge voltage arresters SVC in fixed designSurge voltage arresters designed for building,residential, commercial and similar installationsclassed in group „low installation threat“.For four-wire TN-C network, use 3 pcs SVC-275-1(-S), andfor five-wire TN-S, TT network use the combination3 pcs SVC-275-1(-S) + 1 pc SVC-255-N-S.Main component is varistor, able to arrest lightningcurrent up to 40 kA (8/20 μs).Possibility of mounting in casual distribution board andswitchboard cabinets Distri.Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down devicestate (after disconnection the surge voltage arresteris non-functional and it must be replaced).Remote signalling of state is provided in type ...-SSurge voltage arresters SVC-275-... replace the designsof overvoltage protections of the 2nd type SVL-275...,shown in the catalogue Modular devices Minia(N1- 2008-C).The replacements are shown in detailsin the conversion table at the end of the chapter.Possibility of easy interconnection with circuit breakersLPE, LPN by means of interconnecting busbar.Connection Design Type Product Number Weight Packagebetween code of modules [kg] [pcs]L-PEN, L-PE, L-N without remote signalling SVC-275-1 38842 1 0.095 1with remote signalling SVC-275-1-S 38843 1 0.100 1Summing spark gap SVC-255-N-SSurge voltage arrester designed especially forconnection 3+1 or 1+1.Use as a summary spark gap between N and PE in TN-Sor TT network (connection „3+1“ or „1+1”).Main component is a power arrester, able to arrestlightning current up to 50 kA (8/20 μs).Possibility of mounting in casual distribution board andswitchboard cabinets Distri.Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down devicestate (after disconnection the surge voltage arresteris non-functional and it must be replaced).Possibility of easy interconnection with circuit breakersLPE, LPN by means of interconnecting busbar.Connection Design Type Product Number Weight Packagebetween code of modules [kg] [pcs]N-PE with remote signalling SVC-255-N-S 38844 1 0.100 1Surge voltage arresters SVC with a replaceable module (multipole)Surge voltage arresters designed for building,residential, commercial and similar installationsclassed in group „low installation threat“.For four-wire TN-C network, use SVC-350-3-MZ(S), andfor five-wire TN-S, TT network use SVC-350-3N-MZ(S).Main component is varistor, able to arrest lightningcurrent up to 40 kA (8/20 μs).Possibility of mounting in casual distribution board andswitchboard cabinets Distri.Design two-part device consisting of a base andreplaceable module with a varistor. In case of a failureit is sufficient to replace the module by a new onewithout the need of turning the device off.Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down devicestate (after disconnection the surge voltage arrester isnon-functional and the replaceable module must bereplaced).Remote signalling of state is provided in type ...-MZS.Surge voltage arresters SVC-350-... replace the designsof overvoltage protections SVL-275..., shown in thecatalogue Modular devices Minia (N1-2008-C ). Thereplacements are shown in details in the conversiontable at the end of the chapter.Possibility of easy interconnection with circuit breakersLPE, LPN by means of interconnecting busbar.Network Design Type Product Number Weight Packagecode of modules [kg] [pcs]TN-C without remote signalling SVC-350-3-MZ 38365 3 0.393 1(3L + PEN) with remote signalling SVC-350-3-MZS 38366 3 0.403 1TN-S without remote signalling SVC-350-3N-MZ 38367 4 0.433 1(3L + N+ PE ) with remote signalling SVC-350-3N-MZS 38368 4 0.443 1D12

Overvoltage protectionsMiniaSURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS - TYPE 2Overvoltage protections SVM with removable moduleSurge voltage arresters for demanding applications,industry, power engineering etc.Use mainly in combination with SJBplus-50-2.5, if thelength of the line between T1 and T2 is shorter than 5 m.Main component is varistor, able to arrest lightningcurrent up to 40 kA (8/20 μs).Possibility of mounting in casual distribution board andswitchboard cabinets Distri.Design two-part device consisting of a base andreplaceable module with a varistor. In case of a failureit is sufficient to replace the module by a new onewithout the need of turning the device off.Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down devicestate (after disconnection the lightning currentarrester is non-functional and the replaceable modulemust be replaced).Remote signalling of state is provided in type ...-ZS.Possibility of easy interconnection with circuit breakersLPE, LPN by means of interconnecting busbar.Connection Design Type Product Number Weight Packagebetween code of modules [kg] [pcs]L-PEN, L-PE, L-N without remote signalling SVM-440-Z 34720 1 0.136 1with remote signalling SVM-440-ZS 34721 1 0.143 1Summing spark gap SVM-NPE-ZSurge voltage arrester designed especially forconnection 3+1 or 1+1.Use as a summary spark gap between N and PE in TN-Sor TT network (connection „3+1“ or „1+1“).Main component is a power arrester, able to arrestlightning current up to 40 kA (8/20 μs).Possibility of mounting in casual distribution board andswitchboard cabinets Distri.Visual signalling of the shut-down device state (afterdisconnection the lightning current arrester is nonfunctionaland the replaceable module must bereplaced).Possibility of easy interconnection with circuit breakersLPE, LPN by means of interconnecting busbar.Connection Design Type Product Number Weight Packagebetween code of modules [kg] [pcs]N-PE without remote signalling SVM-NPE-Z 34723 1 0.130 1AccessoriesInterconnecting busbars G1L-.., G2L-.., G3L-.., G4L-.., S1L-.., S2L-.., S3L-.., S4L-.. page E52Terminal extensions AS-..., CS-FH000.., N3x10-FH000 page E57D13

MiniaOvervoltage protectionsSURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS - TYPE 2SpecificationsTypeSVC-275-1SVC-275-1-SSVC-255-N-SSVC-350-3-MZSVC-350-3-MZSSVC-350-3N-MZSVC-350-3N-MZSSVM-440-ZSVM-440-ZSSVM-NPE-ZStandards EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1VDE 0675-6 VDE 0675-6 VDE 0675-6 VDE 0675-6 VDE 0675-6 VDE 0675-6Approval marksRated voltage U N230 V a.c. 230 V a.c. 230 V /400 V a.c. 230 V /400 V a.c. 400 V a.c. 230 V a.c.Maximum constant operating voltage U C275 V a.c. 255 V a.c. 350 V a.c. 350 V a.c. (L-N) 440 V a.c. 260 V a.c.350 V d.c. - - 264 V a.c. (N-PE) 585 V d.c. -Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) I nL-N 20 kA - 20 kA / pole 20 kA / pole 20 kA -N-PE - 30 kA - 20 kA - 20 kAL-PEN 20 kA - 20 kA / pole - 20 kA -Maximum discharge current (8/20 μs) I maxL-N 40 kA - 40 kA / pole 40 kA / pole 40 kA -N-PE - 50 kA - 40 kA - 40 kAL-PEN 40 kA - 40 kA / pole - 40 kA -Rated frequency f n50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 HzVoltage protection level U pL-N ≤ 1.35 kV - ≤ 1.4 kV ≤ 1.4 kV ≤ 2.2 kV -N-PE - ≤ 1.3 kV - ≤ 1.5 kV - ≤ 1 kVL-PEN ≤ 1.35 kV - ≤ 1.4 kV - ≤ 2.2 kV -Arrester classification according to EN 61643-11 type 2 type 2 type 2 type 2 type 2 type 2according to IEC 61643-1 class II class II class II class II class II class IIaccording to VDE 0675-6 class C class C class C class C class C class CResponse time L-N ≤ 25 ns - ≤ 25 ns ≤ 25 ns ≤ 25 ns -N-PE - ≤ 100 ns - ≤ 100 ns - ≤ 100 nsL-PEN ≤ 25 ns - ≤ 25 ns - ≤ 25 ns -Max. backup fuse gG / gL 125 A - 125 A 125 A 125 A -Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20Mounting on “U” rail according to EN – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35ConnectionConductor rigid (solid, stranded) 0.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 0.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 0.5 ÷ 35 mm 2 0.5 ÷ 35 mm 2 0.5 ÷ 35 mm 2 0.5 ÷ 35 mm 2Conductor flexible 0.5 ÷ 16 mm 2 0.5 ÷ 16 mm 2 0.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 0.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 0.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 0.5 ÷ 25 mm 2Torque 2 Nm 2 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 NmTop or bottom connection yes yes only bottom only bottom yes yesOptical signallingFunctional state green colour green colour transparent colour transparent colour transparent colour transparent colourNon-functional state red red red red red redRemote signallingArrangement of contacts 1) 001 001 001 001 001 -Max. voltage / current U max/ I max250 V a.c. / 1 A 250 V a.c. / 1 A 250 V a.c. / 1 A 250 V a.c. / 1 A 250 V a.c. / 1 A -125 V d.c. / 0.2 A 125 V d.c. / 0.2 A 125 V d.c. / 0.2 A 125 V d.c. / 0.2 A 125 V d.c. / 0.2 A -Min. switched power 0.12 VA (12 V. 10 mA) 0.12 VA (12 V. 10 mA) 0.12 VA (12 V. 10 mA) 0.12 VA (12 V. 10 mA) 0.12 VA (12 V / 10 mA) -Connection – conductor (rigid, flexible) 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm 2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm 2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm 2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm 2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm 2 -Torque 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm -Operating conditionsAmbient temperature -25 ÷ 45 °C -25 ÷ 45 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 85 °C -40 ÷ 85 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contactsD14

Overvoltage protectionsMiniaSURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS - TYPE 2DimensionsSVC-275-...SVC-255-...~5.5SVM-...~8121114~7121114~7~954586~97459017.5 ~4.5446217.55.543.558SVC-350-3-MZSVC-350-3-MZSSVC-350-3N-MZSVC-350-3N-MZS1411121411129459052.5705.5 43.564DiagramSVC-275-1SVC-275-1-SSVC-255-N-SSVM-440-ZSVM-440-ZSSVM-NPE-ZL/N ( )L/N ( ) 12 11 14N ( )12 11 14L/N ( )L/N ( ) 12 11 14N( )(L/ N )(L/ N )( N )(L/ N )(L/ N )() NSVC-350-3-MZSVC-350-3-MZSSVC-350-3N-MZSVC-350-3N-MZS12 11 1412 11 14L1 L2 L3L1 L2 L3L1 L2 L3 NL1 L2 L3 ND15

MiniaOvervoltage protectionsSURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS - TYPE 3For protection of electric networks and equipmentagainst overvoltage from indirect lightning strokes.For protection against overvoltage caused by atmosphericdisturbances and from switching processesin networks.For protection of common wiring in apartments,houses, commercial buildings etc.It reduces voltage and „cut up“ the overvoltage wavepower caused by indirect lightning stroke and orswitching processes in the networks.Use: as the third stage (fine protection) in 3-stage overvoltageprotection – type 3 according to EN 61643-11.For further information on OEZ offer of overvoltage protectionsee „Overvoltage protections – Applicationmanual”.Surge voltage arresters SVDSurge voltage arresters designed for protectionof overvoltage sensitive devices.Use mainly in networks TN-S, TT. If used in TN-C networkit is necessary to connect terminals N and PE.SVD-253-1N-MZS is intended for single-phase distributionsystems and SVD-335-3N-MZS for three-phasedistribution systems.Main component is varistor, able to arrest lightningcurrent in 2-pole design up to 10 kA (8/20 μs) andin 4-pole design up to 4.5 kA (8/20 μs).Possibility of mounting in casual distribution board andswitchboard cabinets Distri.Design two-part device consisting of a base andreplaceable module with a varistor. In case of a failureit is sufficient to replace the module by a new onewithout the need of turning the device off.Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down devicestate (after disconnection the surge voltage arrester isnon-functional and the replaceable module must bereplaced).Surge voltage arrester SVD-253-1N-MZS replaces the„black“ SVD-250M-ZS shown in the catalogue Modulardevices MINIA (N1-2008-A). The replacements areshown in details in the conversion table at the endof the chapter.Design Type Product Number Weight Packagefor network code of modules [kg] [pcs]single-phase SVD-253-1N-MZS 38371 1 0.081 1three-phase SVD-335-3N-MZS 38372 2 0.129 1D16

Overvoltage protectionsMiniaSURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS - TYPE 3SpecificationsType SVD-253-1N-MZS SVD-335-3N-MZSStandards EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1VDE 0675-6 VDE 0675-6Approval marksRated voltage U N230 V a.c. 230/400 V a.c.Maximum constant operating voltage U CL-N 253 V a.c. 335 V a.c.N-PE - 255 V a.c.Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) I nL-N 3 kA 1.5 kA / poleL-PE 3 kA 1.5 kAN-PE - 1.5 kAMaximum discharge current (8/20 μs) I maxL-N 10 kA 4.5 kAL-PE 10 kA 4.5 kAN-PE 10 kA 10 kARated loading current at 30 °C I L26 A 26 AOff -load voltage U oc 6 kV 4 kVRated frequency f n 50/60 Hz 50/60 HzVoltage protection level U pL-N ≤ 1.1 kV ≤ 1.2 kVL-PE ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kVN-PE ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kVArrester classification according to EN 61643-11 type 3 type 3according to IEC 61643-1 class III class IIIaccording to VDE 0675-6 class D class DResponse time L-N ≤ 25 ns ≤ 25 nsL-PE ≤ 100 ns ≤ 100 nsMax. backup circuit breaker (C) or fuse gG / gL 25 A 25 ADegree of protection IP20 IP20Mounting on “U” rail according to EN – type TH 35 TH 35Optical signallingFunctional state transparent colour transparent colourNon-functional state red redRemote signallingArrangement of contacts 1) 01 01Max. voltage / current U max/ I max250 V a.c. / 3 A 250 V a.c. / 3 A50 V d.c. / 3 A 50 V d.c. / 3 AConnectionConductor rigid (solid, stranded) 0.2 ÷ 4 mm 2 0.2 ÷ 4 mm 2Conductor flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque 0.8 Nm 0.8 NmTop or bottom connection only bottom only bottomOperating conditionsAmbient temperature -40 ÷ 85 °C -40 ÷ 85 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsD17

MiniaOvervoltage protectionsSURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS - TYPE 3DimensionsSVD-253-1N-MZSSVD-335-3N-MZS2 N46 L1211L1N64211128 L210 L3459035 L1 NL1N5137 L29 L317.735.47 4458DiagramSVD-253-1N-MZSSVD-335-3N-MZS5 / L6 / L1 / N2 / N11113 /4 /12IN OUT IN 5 / L16 / L1OUT7 / L28 / L21 / N2 / N123 /4 /9 / L310 / L3D18

Overvoltage protectionsMiniaSURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMSFor protection of electric networks and equipmentagainst overvoltage from indirect lightning strokes.For protection against overvoltage caused by atmosphericdisturbances and from switching processesin networks.For protection of parts of photovoltaic sources mainlyon their DC side.It reduces voltage and „cut up“ the overvoltage wavepower caused by indirect lightning stroke and orswitching processes in the networks.Use:- as the second stage (medium protection) againstovervoltage – type 2 according to EN 61643-11.For further information on OEZ offer for photovoltaicsystems see catalogue „Protective and switchingdevices of photovoltaic sources””.Surge voltage arresters SVFSurge voltage arresters intended for building,residential, commercial and similar installations,part of which are DC applications (e.g. photovoltaicsource).For applications with maximum operating voltage up to1000 V type SVF-1000-2VB-MZ(S) is used, for applicationswith maximum operating voltage up to 600 Vtype SVF-600-3V-MZ(S) is used.Type SVF-1000-2VB-MZ(S) provides galvanical insulationfrom the ground. It is therefore convenient forinsulated systems.Main components are varistors connected in “Y”. In type1000 V there is lightning arrester on the place ofvaristor between the common bus and ground thatlimits the arrested current.Possibility of mounting in casual distribution board andswitchboard cabinets Distri.Design multipart, consisting of a base and replaceablemodules. The modules can be removed in caseof measurement or failure without necessity of devicedisconnection.Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down devicestate (after disconnection the lightning currentarrester is non-functional and the replaceablemodule must be replaced).Remote signalling of state is provided in type ...-MZS.U oc maxDesign Type Product Number Weight Packagecode of modules [kg] [pcs]1000 V d.c. without remote signalling SVF-1000-2VB-MZ 39165 3 0.344 11000 V d.c. with remote signalling SVF-1000-2VB-MZS 39527 3 0.347 1600 V d.c. without remote signalling SVF-600-3V-MZ 39528 3 0.322 1600 V d.c. with remote signalling SVF-600-3V-MZS 39529 3 0.325 1AccessoriesTerminal extensions AS-.., CS-FH000.., N3x10-FH000 page E57D19

MiniaOvervoltage protectionsSURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMSSpecificationsTypeSVF-1000-2VB-MZSVF-600-3V-MZSVF-1000-2VB-MZSSVF-600-3V-MZSStandards EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1IEC 60364-7-712 IEC 60364-7-712Approval marksMax. off -load voltage U oc max 1000 V d.c. 600 V d.c.Max. short-circuit current I sc max 80 A without limitsMaximum constant operating voltage U C1000 V d.c. 600 V d.c.Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) I n 15 kA 15 kAMaximum discharge current (8/20 μs) I max 30 kA 40 kAVoltage protection level U pI n15 kA L+, L- ≤ 5 kV ≤ 3 kV(L+/L-), PE ≤ 3 kV ≤ 3 kVI n10 kA L+, L- ≤ 4.5 kV -(L+/L-), PE ≤ 2.5 kV -I n5 kA L+, L- ≤ 4 kV ≤ 2.5 kV(L+/L-), PE ≤ 2 kV ≤ 2.5 kVEarth-leakage current at U Ic PE L+, PE / L-, PE < 1 μA < 20 μAStill stand power input P c < 1 mW < 12 mWVoltage protection levels of the individual modules U p I n15 kA varistor / arrester ≤ 2.5 kV / ≤ 3 kV ≤ 3 kV / -Response time ≤ 25 ns ≤ 25 nsArrester classification according to EN 61643-11 type 2 type 2according to IEC 61643-1 class II class IIaccording to VDE 0675-6 class C class CDegree of protection IP20 IP20Mounting on “U” rail according to EN – type TH 35 TH 35ConnectionConductor rigid (solid, stranded) 1.5 ÷ 35 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm 2Conductor flexible 1.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm 2Torque 4.5 Nm 4.5 NmTop or bottom connection - -Optical signallingFunctional state transparent colour transparent colourNon-functional state red colour red colourRemote signallingArrangement of contacts 1) 001 001Max. voltage / current U max/ I max250 V a.c. / 1 A 250 V a.c. / 1 A125 V d.c. / 0.2 A 125 V d.c. / 0.2 AMin. switched power 0.12 VA (12 V, 10 mA) 0.12 VA (12 V, 10 mA)Connection – conductor (rigid, flexible) 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm 2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm 2Torque 0.25 Nm 0.25 NmOperating conditionsAmbient temperature -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contactsDimensionsSVF-...DiagramSVF-1000-2VB-MZ12 11 14SVF-1000-2VB-MZS1411124590L+ L-L+ L-SVF-600-3V-MZ12 11 14SVF-600-3V-MZS52.55.5 43.564L+ L-L+ L-D20

MiniaOvervoltage protectionsRECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONSConversion tables of former and new designsType 1Type 2Type 3Formerly produced devicesNewly produced devicesType designation ID Type designation IDNoteSJBplus-50-1,5 34715 SJBplus-50-2,5 39227 adequate designSJBplus50/1,5 14423 SJBplus-50-2,5 39227 adequate designSJBplus-50 34714 SJBplus-50-2,5 39227 innovation - electronic ignition spark gapSJBplus50 14424 SJBplus-50-2,5 39227 innovation - electronic ignition spark gapSJBpro-35-1,5 34713SJB-25E-3-MZS 38357 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)SJB-25E-3N-MZS 38358 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)SJBpro35/1,5 14422SJB-25E-3-MZS 38357 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)SJB-25E-3N-MZS 38358 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)SJBpro-35 34712SJB-25E-3-MZS 38357 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)SJB-25E-3N-MZS 38358 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)SJBpro35 13019SJB-25E-3-MZS 38357 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)SJB-25E-3N-MZS 38358 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)SJB100/NPE/1,5 14425 SJB-NPE-1,5 34716 adequate designSVM440-Z 18565 SVM-440-Z 34720 adequate designSVM440-ZS 18566 SVM-440-ZS 34721 adequate designSVM-275-Z 34717SVC-350-3-MZ 38365 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)SVC-350-3N-MZ 38367 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)SVM275-Z 13004SVC-350-3-MZ 38365 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)SVC-350-3N-MZ 38367 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)SVM-275-ZS 34718SVC-350-3-MZS 38366 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)SVC-350-3N-MZS 38368 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)SVM275-ZS 13005SVC-350-3-MZS 38366 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)SVC-350-3N-MZS 38368 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)SVM260/NPE-Z 14426 SVM-NPE-Z 34723 adequate designSVL-275 37405 SVC-275-1 38842 adequate designSVL275 07439 SVC-275-1 38842 adequate designSVL-275-S 37406 SVC-275-1-S 38843 adequate designSVL275S 07440 SVC-275-1-S 38843 adequate designSJL275 07441 SVC-275-1 38842 higher I n, higher I maxSJL275S 07442 SVC-275-1-S 38843 higher I n, higher I maxSVL-NPE-S 37410 SVC-255-N-S 38844 adequate designSVD-250M-ZS 34725 SVD-253-1N-MZS 38371 adequate designSVD250M-ZS 13020 SVD-253-1N-MZS 38371 adequate designVaristor function testVaristor is able to provide protection against overvoltagerepeatedly. However, every such actuating changesits structure to certain extent. We can detect bytimely varistor check whether is this change of structureand resulting varistor function already beyond theacceptable limit or not.Table of tolerance zones at 1 mAType designation Product Voltage tolerance zone Type designation Product Voltage tolerance zonecode at 1 mA (formerly produced devices) code at 1 mASVBC-12,5-1 39027 459 - 561 V SVL-275 37405 459 - 561 VSVBC-12,5-1-S 38945 459 - 561 V SVL-275-S 37406 459 - 561 VSVC-275-1 38842 459 - 561 V SVM-275-Z 34717 387 - 473 VSVC-275-1-S 38843 459 - 561 V SVM-275-ZS 34718 387 - 473 VSVC-350-3-MZ 38365 509 - 621 V SVM-275 34719 387 - 473 VSVC-350-3-MZS 38366 509 - 621 V SVL275 07439 459 - 561 VSVC-350-3N-MZ 38367 509 - 621 V SVL275S 07440 459 - 561 VSVC-350-3N-MZS 38368 509 - 621 V SVM275-Z 13004 387 - 473 VSVC-350-1-M 38369 509 - 621 V SVM275-ZS 13005 387 - 473 VSVM-440-Z 34720 644 - 786 V SVM275 13003 387 - 473 VSVM-440-ZS 34721 644 - 786 V SVM440-Z 18565 644 - 786 VSVM-440 34722 644 - 786 V SVM440-ZS 18566 644 - 786 VSVF-1000-2VB-MZ 39165 960 - 1056 V SVM440 18564 644 - 786 VSVF-1000-2VB-MZS 39527 960 - 1056 VSVF-600-3V-MZ 39528 558 - 682 VSVF-600-3V-MZS 39529 558 - 682 VSVF-1000-V-M 39166 960 - 1056 VSVF-600-V-M 39530 558 - 682 VD22Standard EN 62 305-4 requires besides others alsoperiodic overvoltage protections checks. This check isusually completed with varistor measurement.On principle, the check of overvoltage protections is carriedout by connecting to the DC voltage, while increasing thevoltage to the point when current 1 mA flows through thearrester. Subsequently the voltage level is deducted. This iscarried out repeatedly also for the opposite polarity.If the deducted voltage level is in between the Voltagetolerance zone given in the table, the overvoltage protectionis functional. In the opposite case it is necessaryto replace the overvoltage protection or its module. Thetable of Voltage tolerance zones is given below.

Overvoltage protectionsMiniaRECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONSGeneralProtection of buildings and electrical equipment againstlightning effects and overvoltage is carried out both outsideand inside the building. Еxternal protection devicesinclude lightning traps, conductor arresters, earthing systems,discharge arresters etc. internal protection measuresinclude equipotential bonding, screening etc.The basis of internal protection against lightning effectsand overvoltage is protective equipotential bonding,i.e. connection of all metallic wiring to an equipotentialEP busbar (EP – equipotential point). This eliminatespotential differences in the wiring over a permissiblelimit with subsequent damaging discharge.Lightning current arresters and surge voltage arresters arethe elements of internal protection. They connect powercables to the EP busbar indirectly through arrester gapsand varistors and thus reduce overvoltage. The overvoltagereduction is normally carried out in 3 stages, whileeach stage has to reduce overvoltage. The degree of reductionis defined by overvoltage categories according toEN 60664-1. The arrester stages 1 to 3 are installed on theinterface of individual overvoltage categories – see Fig. 1.Stage 1 – coarse protection – type 1This protection is provided by lightning current arresters SJB,which arrest the biggest part of the overvoltage wave, andare able to divert lightning currents or their substantial partswithout damage. It is possible to deduct from EN 62305-4that in the most adverse case with 2-wire power lead the lightningcurrent arresters must arrest up to 50 kA per pole. Incase of 4-wire power lead it is 25 kA per pole of impulse currentwith the waveform 10/350 μs. They can achieve these parameters,because they are designed on the spark gap basis.1st + 2nd stage – compact combined arrester– type 1 + type 2 +SJBC devices are compact combined arresters of type 1 andtype 2. They provide advantages of rough and mediumprotection stages described in the previous and subsequentparagraphs in one device. The first and second stages are basedon the arrester gap and varistor respectively. Their installationin one base is possible thanks to the technology of electronicignition release.This solution will be used in case of placementof the 1st and 2nd protection stages in one switchboard.Also SVBC is part of this group. It is also combined arrestertype 1 and 2. However, both stages are varistor based. On thecontrary to SJBC the type SVBC can arrest lightning currentonly half of the value. For most applications this „lower output“is sufficient.Stage 2 – medium protection – type 2This protection is provided by varistor-based surge voltage arrestersSVC and SVM, which are able to divert atmospheric surges orovervoltage from switching processes in the network with waveform 8/20 μs without damage. In most cases they are installedafter the lightning current arresters, which reduce overvoltageand „cut off“ the energy of the overvoltage wave. In particularapplications it can be installed in the main switchboard evenwithout the back-up 1. protection stage. For more information onthe selection of optimal solution see table Selection of the numberof protection stages and types on the following page.See Fig. 2 for comparison of the energies diverted by thelightning current arrester 50 kA and surge voltage arrester15 kA. Apparently, the value of pulse current is not sufficientto compare the output of overvoltage protections without theinformation on test wave type.Surge voltage arresters are rated for a specific heat output. Ifthere is high power or too frequent overvoltage in the network,the heat output can be exceeded and the surge voltage arresteris disconnected by its thermal disconnecting device. After disconnectionthe surge voltage arresters are non-functional and itis necessary to replace them or their module. The disconnectionis indicated optically or also remotely.The disconnection is indicated optically or remotely. At insulationmeasurement it is necessary to disconnect the arrestersto get undistorted results.Stage 3 – fine protection – type 3To ensure really reliable protection it is necessary to complementthe above stages 1 and 2 by the last stage – type 3 (SVD). Thebasic elements of the fine protection are varistors and suppressordiodes able to divert the overvoltage with wave form 8/20 μs. Itis recommended to install this protection directly at the protectedappliance, without a long cable between the arrester andthe appliance. In case there is a long line between the last stageand the appliance the voltage in the conductors could rise overa permissible level (e.g. due to induction). We recommend toinstall this stage of protection to the power outlets that feed theovervoltage sensitive appliances (etc. electronics).Surge voltage arresters for photovoltaic systemThe principle of devices protection in applications of photovoltaicsources (600/1000 V d.c.) is similar to the LV networkprotection 230/400 V. It is mainly the reduction of energy ofovervoltage wave that is caused by lightning stroke or byswitching processes in the network. The overvoltage protectionis usually installed at the solar panel. At the lengthof the line between solar panels and inverter L > 10 m werecommend to install the overvoltage protection also at theinverter on the DC side.flatsliftI , I [kA]imp n5015 kA (8/20 μs)50 kA (10/350 μs)U imp(1.2/50 μs)6 kVOvervoltagecategory IVOutside lead4 kVOvervoltagecategory IIIFixed wiringappliances2,5 kV1,5 kVOvervoltage Overvoltagecategory II category IAppliances Light-currentappliance25157.520100 200 300350400t [μs]Fig. 1. Overvoltage categories and impulse withstand voltage U imp(1.2/50 μs) forindividual parts of a building and for rated voltage 230/400 V a.c. – according toEN 60664-1 equivalent IEC 664-1Fig. 2. Wave form and energy 8/20 μs and 10/350 μs (the arrested energy correspondsto the area below the curve)D23

MiniaOvervoltage protectionsRECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONSRecommended procedure of design of overvoltage protection in low-voltage distribution systemThe design of overvoltage protection in a low-voltagedistribution system is solved by the set of standards EN 62305.Firstly the zones of protection against lightning are determined,risk of damage, lightning protection level, values of lightningcurrents etc. Secondly the types of overvoltage protectionsare selected and their placing. The final decision to undergocertain level of risk, however, is still in the hands of investors. Inorder to roughly determine what type of protection should beinstalled if any, you can follow this procedure.It consists in two steps, in particular:1) Selection of the number of protection stages and types2) Selection of overvoltage protectionsNote: recommended procedure can not cover all possible cases,it shows the basic logic to follow.1) Selection of the number of protection stages andtypes – this is one of the main and the first decisive criterionin designing overvoltage protection. In the table SelectionSelection of the number of protection stages and typesof the number of protection stages and types you shouldfirst find corresponding risk (high, medium or small) forthe installation in the building, to be protected, and afterit determine corresponding sensitivity (big, medium orsmall) of appliances which are installed in the building. Theintersection gives the required information i.e. the numberof stages and protection type. Note that the best and safestsolution is installation of all three protection stages.2) Selection of overvoltage protectionsSelection of T1 and T2From the previous paragraph, the number of protectionstages and types is known, and not it is necessary todetermine specific products. If both T1 and T2 are selectedfor protection, use the table „Selection of overvoltageprotections T1 and T2“ , which is divided by other importantcriteria, such as value of the quenching follow-current,network type etc. If protection T1 is not chosen, it is possibleto select protection T2 arbitrarily, depending on utilizationproperties of individual offered types (SVC, SVM).Selection of T3The arresters of the last stage are installed as close as possibleto the end device. Should a long cable be installed betweenthe last stage and the appliance, voltage could have rise overa permissible level (e.g. due to induction) in the conductors.It is not allowed to install T3 closer than 5 m from T2 due tocoordination maintenance.If the protected device is in the distance shorter than 10 mfrom the second stage, it is not necessary to install the thirdstage - the second stage will provide sufficient protection.The surge voltage arresters T3 must always be installeddownstream of the surge voltage arrester T2. If the linecontinues farther, install another surge voltage arrestersof stage 3 at least 10 m downstream of the previous T3.INSTALLATION THREATBIG MEDIUM LOW- buildings with external lightning protection (lightningconductor), with grounded roof superstructure (aerial)etc. classed in lightning protection level LPL I or LPL II- buildings with external lightning protection (lightningconductor), with grounded roof superstructure (aerial)etc. classed in lightning protection level LPL III or LPL IVor- buildings without external lightning protection(lightning conductor), without grounded roofsuperstructure (aerial) etc.at the same time- buildings with overhead cable lines - buildings with underground cable linesoror- Individual housing units, if there is not possible to - Individual housing units, if there is not possible toinstall common first protection stage T1 in HDS or HR install common first protection stage T1 in house- if there can be assumed such separation of lightningcurrent into several branches that it will notmain switchboard (HDS) or main switchboard (HR)exceed 12.5 kA(10/350 us) per one conductorAppliance sensitivityto overvoltageBig - PC, TV, Hi-Fi system etc. T1 (spark gap) + T2 (varistor) + T3 (varistor) T1 (varistor) + T2 (varistor) + T3 (varistor) T2 (varistor) + T3 (varistor)Medium - washing machines,refrigerators etc.T1 (spark gap) + T2 (varistor) T1 (varistor) + T2 (varistor) T2 (varistor)Small - motors, fans etc. T1 (spark gap) +T 2 (varistor) T1 (varistor) + T2 (varistor) T2 (varistor)Selection of overvoltage protections T1 and T2MAIN SWITCHBOARDSUBDISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDInstallation Network - as close as possible to the inlet of power lead into the buildingSUBDISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD- as close as possible to the protected devicethreat type Protectiontype Recommended arrester type Protectiontype Recommended arrester type ProtectiontypeRecommended arrester typeTN-C T1 first protection stage is not necessary T2 SVC-350-3-MZS / 3 ks SVC-275-1 T3 SVD-253-1N-MZS / SVD-335-3N-MZS 3)Low TN-C-S T1 first protection stage is not necessary T2 SVC-350-3-MZS / 3 ks SVC-275-1 T3 SVD-253-1N-MZS / SVD-335-3N-MZS 3)TN-S, TT T1 first protection stage is not necessary T2 SVC-350-3N-MZS / 3 ks SVC-275-1 + 1 ks SVC-255-N-S T3 SVD-253-1N-MZS / SVD-335-3N-MZS 3)T1 SJB-25E-3-MZS T2 SVC-350-3-MZS / 3 ks SVC-275-1TN-CT1 + T2 3 ks SVBC-12,5-1 -T3 SVD-253-1N-MZS / SVD-335-3N-MZS 3)T1 SJB-25E-3-MZS T2 SVC-350-3N-MZS / 3 ks SVC-275-1 + 1 ks SVC-255-N-SMedium TN-C-ST1 + T2 3 ks SVBC-12,5-1 -T3 SVD-253-1N-MZS / SVD-335-3N-MZS 3)T1 SJB-25E-3N-MZS T2 SVC-350-3N-MZS / 3 ks SVC-275-1 + 1 ks SVC-255-N-STN-S, TTT1 + T2 3 ks SVBC-12,5-1 + 1 ks SVBC-50-N -T3 SVD-253-1N-MZS / SVD-335-3N-MZS 3)T1 SJB-25E-3-MZS T2 SVC-350-3-MZS / 3 ks SVC-275-1TN-CT1 + T2 SJBC-25E-3-MZS -T3 SVD-253-1N-MZS / SVD-335-3N-MZS 3)T1 SJB-25E-3-MZS T2 SVC-350-3N-MZS / 3 ks SVC-275-1 + 1 ks SVC-255-N-SBig TN-C-ST1 + T2 SJBC-25E-3-MZS -T3 SVD-253-1N-MZS / SVD-335-3N-MZS 3)T1 SJB-25E-3N-MZS T2 SVC-350-3N-MZS / 3 ks SVC-275-1 + 1 ks SVC-255-N-STN-S, TTT1 + T2 SJBC-25E-3N-MZS -T3 SVD-253-1N-MZS / SVD-335-3N-MZS 3)T1 3 ks SJBplus-50-2,5 T2 3 ks SVM-440-ZTN-CT3 SVD-253-1N-MZS / SVD-335-3N-MZST1+T2 3 ks SJBplus-50-2,5 + 3 ks SVM-440-Z -3)IndustrialT1 3 ks SJBplus-50-2,5 T2 3 ks SVM-440-Z + 1 ks SVM-NPE-Zand special TN-C-ST3 SVD-253-1N-MZS / SVD-335-3N-MZST1+T2 3 ks SJBplus-50-2,5 + 3 ks SVM-440-Z -3)applications 1)T1 3 ks SJBplus-50-2,5 + 1 ks SJB-NPE-1,5 T2 3 ks SVM-440-Z + 1 ks SVM-NPE-ZTN-S, TTT3 SVD-253-1N-MZS / SVD-335-3N-MZST1+T2 3 ks SJBplus-50-2,5 + 3 ks SVM-440-Z + SJB-NPE-1,5 -3)1)Higher requirements for overvoltage protection parameters (I fi> 25 kA, two-conductor lead etc.)2)SVC-350-... Can be used in immediate vicinity to SJB-25E-... When SVC-275-…is used, it is necessary to keep minimum mutual distance of lines 10 m.3)Type SVD-253-1N-MZS is intended for one-phase system, type SVD-335-3N-MZS for three-phase system.D24

Overvoltage protectionsMiniaRECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONSINSTALLATION OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS1. Installation of lightning currentarresters – T1Lightning current arresters, i.e. the arresters type 1, areinstalled mainly on the interface of zones LPZ0 / LPZ1.The main switchboard is usually placed on this interface.The devices are installed on „U“ rail type TH 35 (DIN rail).Installation of the lightning current arresters in meteringswitchboard shall be approved by relevant power distributioncompanies. In not measured part, use the lightningcurrent arresters SJBplus-... or SJB-25E-...2. Installation of compact combined surgevoltage arresters of type T1+T2+We recommend to install the compact combined arrester type1 and 2 (SJBC = spark gap + varistor) in the main switchboardon „U“ rail type TH 35 in case it is possible to unite the boundariesof lightning protection levels LPZ0/LPZ1 and LPZ1/LPZ2.With its parameters and small dimensions, this combinationis suitable for both industrial applications and applications inbuildings, apartments etc.The advantage of combined arrestersis that they provide complete solution for given system(etc. TN-C, TN-S) without the need of interconnecting busbarsetc. -„one device = complete solution“.If it is not possible to unite the boundaries of lightning protectionlevels LPZ0/LPZ1 and LPZ1/LPZ2 (etc. in block of flats- in the unmeasured part there can not be installed varistorbased overvoltage protection, then type SJB-25E-... has tobe used on the boundary of LPZ0/LPZ1 and type SVC-...onthe boundary of LPZ1/LPZ2Combined arrester of lightning current type 1 and type 2(SVBC – varistor) can be used in switchboards of individualflats in cases when it is not possible to install common firstprotection stage (etc. block of flats, where there is not allowedto install in unmeasured part any type of overvoltageprotection). Combined arrester of lightning current SVBC isthank to lightning current separation in several branchesconvenient protection for these applications. It is installedon „U“ rail type TH 35.3. Installation of surge voltage arresters – T2Surge voltage arresters T2 are installed mainly on boundariesof LPZ1 / LPZ2, that means in subsidiary switchboard behindthe arresters of lightning current installed in the mainswitchboard. They are installed on „U“ rail type TH 35. It isnecessary to ensure coordination of individual protectionstages at installation. For more information see paragraph“Coordination of overvoltage protection“.4. Installation of surge voltage arresters – T3Surge voltage arresters T2 are installed on „U“ rail of typeTH 35. If the length of the line between T2 and T310 m we recommend toinstall the overvoltage protection also at the inverter on theDC side.LNPEfig. 1. Continuous connectionLNPEmax. 0.5 mfig. 2. Transversal connectionFFPROTECTION OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS1. Protection of lightning currentarresters – T1Protection can be implemented in two ways:protection only by fuses F1 in the service box, if F1correspond to the values stated in the table of technicalparameters of given type. However, if in such wiringthere are leakages and follow short-circuit currents,though the SJB arresters are able to quench the followshort-circuit currents, F1 may blow with subsequentinterruption of power supply in the building.use of fuses F2 in addition to F1 if the latter are too bigor if you do not want to interrupt the power supply. Insuch case selectivity must be ensured between F1 andF2 i.e. I nF1 ≥ 1,6xI nF2 .With this ratio of rated currents, F2 will cut out soonerthan F1, and the power supply of the building will notbe interrupted. However, the values I nF2 may be low,and F2 will blow more frequently. For this reason it isrecommended to equip the fuse F2 with a signallingdevice.2. Protection of surge voltage arresters – T2The previous paragraph applies also to the protectionof surge voltage arresters, however in Wiring diagramexamples these fuses are designated F3.3. Protection of surge voltage arresters – T3Surge voltage arresters SVD shall be protected by circuitbreakers or fuses gG max. 25 A.4. Protection of arresters for connection„3+1“Arresters for connection between N and PE conductors,i.e. the arrester SJB-NPE-1.5 and the module between Nand PE for the other versions are not protected separately.Because their protection is already provided by fuses F1,F2 or F3, see the wiring diagram examples.5.Protection of arresters for photovoltaic systemsIt is not needed to protect the arrester for photovoltaicsystems in any special way. However, in case of twovaristors design and one spark gap the limit of maximumshort-circuit current has to be considered.COORDINATION OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONThe correct function of multiple stage protection isconditioned by correct coordination of individual stages. Atfirst the most sensitive stage of protection reacts. Before itgets overloaded the superior stage has to react.It is valid in case of T1 and T2 that if their mutual distance isbigger than 10 m (the length of conductors), the coordinationis guaranteed by the physical features of the lines. It meansthat we can use any combination of first and second protectionstage (once we follow other installation instructions).In case we need to install T2 closer to T1, it is necessary to usecombination of overvoltage protection designed for this purpose:T1T2< 5 m 5 ÷ 10 > 10SJBplus-50-2,5 SVM-440-.. SVC-350-.. arbitrarySJB-25E-.. SVC-350-.. SVC-350-.. arbitraryIt is necessary to observe the minimal distance 5 m for thecoordination between the second end the third stages of theprotection.T2> 5 mT3D25

MiniaOvervoltage protectionsRECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONSLow installation threata) Family houses without lightning conductor and exposed conductive partsConducted by underground cable line.Where there is no threat of direct lightning stroke to the nearby building with lightning conductor which is galvanicallyconnected to the protected building.b) Individual housing units It is possible to install common first protection stage T1 in the main switchboard in the block of flats.STANDARD SOLUTIONECONOMICAL SOLUTIONSVC-350-3-MZ(38365)3 pcs SVC-275-1(38842)G1L-50-16-L(39789)TN-CL1L2L3PENF1F2 if F1>125 AL1L2L3PENL1L2L3PENF1SCV -275 SC V- 275 SCV -275F2 if F1>125 AL1L2L3PENSVC-350-3-MZ(38365)3 pcs SVC-275-1(38842)G1L-50-16-L(39789)TN-C-SL1L2L3PENF1F2 if F1>125 AL1L2L3NPEL1L2L3PENF1SCV -275 SCV -275 SCV -275F2 if F1>125 AL1L2L3NPETN-S, TTSVC-350-3N-MZ(38367)L1L2L3NPEF1F2 if F1>125 AL1L2L3NPE3 pcs SVC-275-1(38842)1 pc SVC-255-N-S(38844)L1L2L3NPEF1SCV -275 SCV -275 SCV -275 SC V- 255G1L-65-16-L(39790)F2 if F1>125 AL1L2L3NPED26

SVBC-12,5 SVBC-12,5 SVBC-12, 5SVBC-12,5 SVBC-12,5 SVBC-12,5SVBC-12, 5 SVBC-12,5 SVBC-12, 5 SVBC-50Overvoltage protectionsMiniaRECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONSMedium installation threata) Family housesWhere there is a threat of direct lightning stroke to the protected building or to the nearby building with lightning conductorwhich is galvanically connected to the protected building - level of protection against lightning LPL III or LPL IV.With overhead cable line.b) Individual housing unitsIn the block of flats where it is not possible to install common first protection stage T1 in the main switchboard and wheredue to lightning current separation in several branches its level does not exceed 12.5 kA (10/350 μs).STANDARD SOLUTIONSOLUTION FOR NECESSARY SEPARATION OF T1 AND T2G1L-50-16-L(39789)TN-C3 pcs SVBC-12,5-1(39027)L1L2L3PENF1F2 if F1 > 160 AL1L2L3PENSJB-25E-3-MZS(38357)L1L2L3PENF1F2 if F1 > 315 AL ... arbitrarySVC-350-3-MZ(38365)F3 if F1 > 125 AL1L2L3PE N3 pcs SVBC-12,5-1(39027)G1L-50-16-L(39789)SJB-25E-3-MZS(38357)SVC-350-3N-MZ(38367)TN-C-SL1L2L3PENF1F2 if F1 > 160 AL1L2L3NPEL1L2L3PENF1F2 if F1 > 315 AL ... arbitraryF3 if F1 > 125 AL1L2L3PENTN-S, TT3 pcs SVBC-12,5-1(39027)+1 pc SVBC-50-N(39004)L1L2L3NPEF1G1L-65-16-L(39790)F2 if F1 > 160 AL1L2L3NPESJB-25E-3N-MZS(38358)L1L2L3NPEF1SJB-25-3N-MSZSJB-25-3N-MSZF2 if F1 > 315 AL ... arbitrarySVC-350-3N-MZ(38367)F3 if F1 > 125 AL1L2L3PEND27

MiniaOvervoltage protectionsRECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONSBig installation threata) Family houses with lightning conductor or exposed conductivepartsIndependent on connection type.Where there is a threat of direct lightning stroke to the protectedbuilding or to the nearby building with lightning conductor which isgalvanically connected to the protected building - level of protectionagainst lightning LPL I or LPL II.b) Individual housing unitsIn the block of flats where it is not possible to install common firstprotection stage T1 in the main switchboard and where thelightning current can exceed 12.5 kA (10/350 μs).STANDARD SOLUTIONSOLUTION FOR NECESSARY SEPARATION OF T1 AND T2TN-CSJBC-25E-3-MZS(38361)L1L2L3PENF1F2 if F1 > 315 AL1L2L3PENSJB-25E-3-MZS(38357)L1L2L3PENF1F2 if F1 > 315 ASVC-350-3-MZ(38365)L...arbitraryF3 if F1 > 125 AL1L2L3PENSJBC-25E-3-MZS(38361)SJB-25E-3-MZS(38357)SVC-350-3N-MZ(38367)TN-C-SL1L2L3PENF1F2 if F1 > 315 AL1L2L3NPEL1L2L3PENF1F2 if F1 > 315 AL ... arbitraryF3 if F1 > 125 AL1L2L3PESJB-25-3N-MSZSJBC-25E-3N-MZS(38362)SJB-25E-3N-MZS(38358)SJB-25-3N-MSZSVC-350-3N-MZ(38367)TN-S, TTL1L2L3NPEF1F2 if F1 > 315 AL1L2L3NPEL1L2L3NPEF1F2 if F1 > 315 AL ... arbitraryN L1F3 if F1 > 125 AL2L3PEND28

Overvoltage protectionsMiniaRECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONSIndustrial and special applicationsa) Industrial applications, where higher requirements forovervoltage protections have to be met, e.g. due to high shortcircuitcurrentThe separation of lightning current is the same as in case of biginstallation threat.T1+T2T1+T2b) Buildings with two-conductor lead fulfil the parameters of groupbig installation threatSTANDARD SOLUTIONSOLUTION FOR NECESSARY SEPARATION OF T1 AND T2TN-C3 pcs SJBplus-50-2,5(39227)+3 pcs SVM-440-Z(34720)L1L2L3PENF1G1L-1000-16-L(39788)F2 if F1 > 125 AL1L2L3PEN3 pcs SJBplus-50-2,5(39227)L1L2L3PENF1G1L-1000-16-L(39788)3 pcsSVM-440-Z(34720)F2 if F1 > 500 AG1L-50-16-L(39789)F3 if F1 > 125 AL1L2L3PENTN-S3 pcs SJBplus-50-2,5(39227)+3 pcs SVM-440-Z(34720)+1 pc SJB-NPE-1,5(34716)G1L-1000-16-L(39788)3 pcs SJBplus-50-2,5(39227)+1 pc SJB-NPE-1,5(34716)G1L-1000-16-L(39788)3 pcs SVM-440-Z(34720)+3 pcs SVM-NPE-Z(34723)G1L-65-16-L(39790)L1L2L3NPEF1F2 if F1 > 125 AL1L2L3NPEL1L2L3NPEF1F2 if F1 > 500 AF3 if F1 > 125 AL1L2L3NPETN-CSJBplus-50-2,5(39227)+SVM-440-Z(34720)SJBplus-50-2,5(39227)SVM-440-Z(34720)L1PENF1F2 if F1 > 125 AL1PENL1PENF1F2 if F1 > 500 AF3 if F1 > 125 AL1PEND29

SVF-1000-2VB-MZSVF-1000-2VB-MZUp 2,5kVUp 3kVUp 2,5kVIn15kAIn15kAIn15kASVF-1000-V SVF-1000-B SVF-1000- VL+ L-Up 3kVUp 3kVUp 3kVIn15kAIn15kAIn15kASVF-600- V SVF-600-B SVF-600- VL+ L-SVF-1000-2VB-MZSVF-1000-2VB-MZUp 2,5kVUp 3kVUp 2,5kVIn15kAIn15kAIn15kASVF-1000-V SVF-1000-B SVF-1000- VL+ L-Up 3kVUp 3kVUp 3kVIn15kAIn15kAIn15kASVF-600- V SVF-600-B SVF-600- VL+ L-SVF-1000-2VB-MZSVF-1000-2VB-MZUp 2,5kVUp 3kVUp 2,5kVIn15kAIn15kAIn15kASVF-1000-V SVF-1000- B S VF-1000- VL+ L-Up 3kVUp 3kVUp 3kVIn15kAIn15kAIn15kASVF-600- V SVF-600-B SVF-600- VL+ L-MiniaOvervoltage protectionsRECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONSPhotovoltaic systemsPhotovoltaic arrayDC Switch-disconnectorConverterAC Switch-disconnectorMeasuringSwitchboardMain switch-disconnectorMeasuringMainprotectionTransformerWhWhL1Protection againstovervoltageDCACProtection againstovervoltageProtection againstovervoltagea) Photovoltaic sources up to 1000 V d.c.Where there is no threat of direct stroke to the solar panel or lines.Dependent on the length of line between the panels and the inverter one or two devices are used. In general, at the lengthof line L1 > 10 m we use the overvoltage protection at both the solar panel and the inverter, at the length of the lineL ≤ 10 m we use the overvoltage protection either at the solar panel or at the inverter.Versions for 1000 V d.c. and 600 V d.c.Max. operating voltage U c= 1000 VL1≤10mL1>10mSVF-1000-2VB-MZ(39165)SVF-1000-2VB-MZ(39165)SVF-1000-2VB-MZ(39165)L+L-L+L-L+L-L+L-PEPEPEMax. operating voltage U c= 600 VL1≤10mL1> 10mSVF-600-3V-MZ(39528)SVF-600-3V-MZ(39528)SVF-600-3V-MZ(39528)L+L-L+L-L+L-L+L-PEPEPED30

MiniaInstallation relays......................................................................................................................E2Installation contactors............................................................................................................E4Priority current relays............................................................................................................. E11Multiple-function time relays............................................................................................. E13Time relays..................................................................................................................................... E17Impulse memory relay............................................................................................................. E20Stair switches................................................................................................................................ E24Timers............................................................................................................................................... E27Tumbler power switches........................................................................................................ E29Tumbler switches........................................................................................................................ E35Rocker-type switches and change-over switches.................................................... E38Push-button switches.............................................................................................................. E40Control push-buttons................................................................................................................ E42Signal lights................................................................................................................................... E45Electric bells and buzzers....................................................................................................... E47Power supplies............................................................................................................................. E48Socket outlets.............................................................................................................................. E51Interconnecting busbars........................................................................................................ E52Terminal extensions................................................................................................................. E57Terminal board............................................................................................................................ E59OTHER DEVICESE

MiniaOther devicesINSTALLATION RELAYSInstallation relays RPR-16-..For switching of electric appliances up to 16 A – electricboilers, direct heating convectors, accumulator stoves,lighting etc.For automation purposes in connection with a multiple--function time relay MCR, impulse relay MIR, priorityrelay RLP, signal light MKA, program timer MAP, MAR,tumbler switches MSP, control push-buttons MTX etc.Light indication at power up.Noiseless switching.Contacts: 1 make-and-break.Control voltage: 24 V a.c./d.c.; 230 V a.c.There is ensured such electrical isolation between thecontrol circuit (coil) and main circuit (contact) as it isbetween inlet and outlet lead of the safety transformer.Rated voltage Colour Type Product Number Weight PackageU c of indication code of modules [kg] [pcs]24 V a.c. / d.c., 230 V a.c.red RPR-16-001-X230-SC 35668 1 0.07 1green RPR-16-001-X230-SE 35669 1 0.07 1Installation relays RPR-08-...For switching of electric appliances up to 8 A – electricboilers, direct heating convectors, accumulator stoves,lighting etc.For automation purposes in connection with a multiple--function time relay MCR, impulse relay MIR, priorityrelay RLP, signal light MKA, program timer MAP, MAR,tumbler switches MSP, control push-buttons MTX etc.Light indication at power up.Noiseless switching.Contacts: 2 make-and-break.Control voltage: 24 V a.c./d.c.; 230 V a.c.There is ensured such electrical isolation between thecontrol circuit (coil) and main circuit (contact) as it isbetween inlet and outlet lead of the safety transformer.Rated voltage Colour Type Product Number Weight PackageU c of indication code of modules [kg] [pcs]24 V a.c. / d.c., 230 V a.c.red RPR-08-002-X230-SC 35670 1 0.07 1green RPR-08-002-X230-SE 35671 1 0.07 1E2

Other devicesMiniaINSTALLATION RELAYSSpecificationsType RPR-16-... RPR-08-...Standards EN 60669-2-2 EN 60669-2-2Approval marksMain circuit (contact)Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 002Rated operating voltage / current U e/ I eAC-1 250 V a.c. / 16 A 250 V a.c. / 8 ADC-1 24 V d.c. / 16 A 30 V d.c. / 8 AMax. switched power AC 4000 VA 2000 VADC 384 W 240 WMin. voltage / current 5 V d.c. / 100 mA -Signalling at power up red / green LED red / green LEDMechanical endurance 20 000 000 operating cycles 5 000 000 operating cyclesElectrical endurance 50 000 operating cycles (AC), 30 000 (DC) 100 000 operating cyclesConnection 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 NmControl circuit (coil)Rated voltage U cterminals A1, A2 24 V a.c./d.c. 24 V a.c./d.c.terminals A2, A3 230 V a.c. 230 V a.c.Input power at U c24 V a.c. 0.42 VA 0.32 VAU c24 V d.c. 0.43 W 0.35 WU c230 V a.c. 5.5 VA 5.5 VARated frequency f n50 Hz 50 HzConnection 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 NmOther dataMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35 TH 35Degree of protection IP20 IP20Ambient temperature -20 ÷ + 55 °C -20 ÷ + 55 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contactsDimensionsRPR-16-..A1A2A3RPR-08-..A1A2A3~88354565.58614121117.5 17.5212224141211~4.5244462 2DiagramRPR-16...RPR-08...A1A312 14 A1 A3 22 24 12 14A2 11A2 21 11E3

MiniaOther devicesINSTALLATION CONTACTORSInstallation contactorsFor switching of appliances up to 63 A – electric boilers,direct heating convectors, accumulator stoves,lighting etc.Control voltage: 24 V a.c., 230 V a.c.Visual light indication at power up.Decreased switching noise and vibration.Installation contactors 20 AArrangement Rated voltage Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts 1) U ccode of modules [kg] [pcs]10 230 V a.c. RSI-20-10-A230 36609 1 0.13 120230 V a.c. RSI-20-20-A230 36610 1 0.13 124 V a.c. RSI-20-20-A024 36614 1 0.13 111230 V a.c. RSI-20-11-A230 36611 1 0.13 124 V a.c. RSI-20-11-A024 36615 1 0.13 102230 V a.c. RSI-20-02-A230 36612 1 0.13 124 V a.c. RSI-20-02-A024 36616 1 0.13 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsInstallation contactors 25 AArrangement Rated voltage Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts 1) U ccode of modules [kg] [pcs]40230 V a.c. RSI-25-40-A230 36617 2 0.23 13124 V a.c. RSI-25-40-A024 36621 2 0.23 1230 V a.c. RSI-25-31-A230 36618 2 0.23 124 V a.c. RSI-25-31-A024 36622 2 0.23 104 230 V a.c. RSI-25-04-A230 36620 2 0.23 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsInstallation contactors 40 AArrangement Rated voltage Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts 1) U ccode of modules [kg] [pcs]40230 V a.c. RSI-40-40-A230 36625 3 0.38 13124 V a.c. RSI-40-40-A024 36629 3 0.38 1230 V a.c. RSI-40-31-A230 36626 3 0.38 124 V a.c. RSI-40-31-A024 36630 3 0.38 104 230 V a.c. RSI-40-04-A230 36628 3 0.38 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsInstallation contactors 63 AArrangement Rated voltage Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts 1) U ccode of modules [kg] [pcs]40230 V a.c. RSI-63-40-A230 36633 3 0.38 13124 V a.c. RSI-63-40-A024 36637 3 0.38 1230 V a.c. RSI-63-31-A230 36634 3 0.38 124 V a.c. RSI-63-31-A024 36638 3 0.38 104 230 V a.c. RSI-63-04-A230 36636 3 0.38 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsE4

Other devicesMiniaINSTALLATION CONTACTORSInstallation contactors with manual controlFor switching of electric appliances up to 63 A – electricboilers, direct heating convectors, accumulator stoves,lighting etc.Control voltage: 24, 230 V a.c.Visual light indication at power up.Decreased switching noise and vibration.They are equipped with change-over switch with threepositions:- position „AUTO“ – common function of the contactor- position „I“ – make contacts close and break contactsopen. If rated voltage Uc is applied on thecontactor coil, the switch will go to position„AUTO“- position „O“ – contactor coil circuit is interruptedInstallation contactors 20 AArrangement Rated voltage Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts 1) U ccode of modules [kg] [pcs]20230 V a.c. RSI-20-20-A230-M 36641 1 0.135 124 V a.c. RSI-20-20-A024-M 36643 1 0.135 111230 V a.c. RSI-20-11-A230-M 36642 1 0.135 124 V a.c. RSI-20-11-A024-M 36644 1 0.135 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsInstallation contactors 25 AArrangement Rated voltage Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts 1) U ccode of modules [kg] [pcs]40230 V a.c. RSI-25-40-A230-M 36645 2 0.235 124 V a.c. RSI-25-40-A024-M 36647 2 0.235 131230 V a.c. RSI-25-31-A230-M 36646 2 0.235 124 V a.c. RSI-25-31-A024-M 36648 2 0.235 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsInstallation contactors 40 AArrangement Rated voltage Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts 1) U ccode of modules [kg] [pcs]40230 V a.c. RSI-40-40-A230-M 36649 3 0.39 124 V a.c. RSI-40-40-A024-M 36651 3 0.39 131230 V a.c. RSI-40-31-A230-M 36650 3 0.39 124 V a.c. RSI-40-31-A024-M 36652 3 0.39 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsInstallation contactors 63 AArrangement Rated voltage Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts 1) U ccode of modules [kg] [pcs]40 230 V a.c. RSI-63-40-A230-M 36653 3 0.39 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsE5

MiniaOther devicesINSTALLATION CONTACTORSAccessoriesAuxiliary switchFor signalling the main contact position of installationcontactors.Installation: by means of plastic latches on the right sideof the installation contactor.It is possible to mount one auxiliary switch on oneinstallation contactor.Width: 9 mm.Arrangement Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]11 PS-RSI-1100 36657 0.5 0.03 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsE6

Other devicesMiniaINSTALLATION CONTACTORSSpecificationsType RSI-20-... RSI-25-... RSI-40-... RSI-63-... PS-RSI-1100Standards EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-5-1EN 61095 EN 61095 EN 61095 EN 61095Approval marksContactsArrangement of contacts 1) 10, 20, 11, 02 40, 31, 04 40, 31, 04 40, 31, 04 11Rated thermal current I th20 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 6 ARated operating voltage U e230 V a.c. 440 V a.c. 440 V a.c. 440 V a.c. 230 V a.c.Rated operating current I eAC-1 230 V a.c. 20 A 25 A 40 A 63 A -24 V d.c. 20 A 25 A 40 A 63 A -DC-1110 V d.c. 1 A 2 A 4 A 4 A -220 V d.c. 0,5 A 0,5 A 0,8 A 0,8 A -AC-15230 V a.c. 6 A 6 A 6 A 6 A 6 A400 V a.c. 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 ASwitched power230 V a.c. 4 kW 9 kW 16 kW 24 kW -AC-1 / AC –7a400 V a.c. - 16 kW 26 kW 40 kW -AC-3 / AC –7b 230 V a.c. 1.3 kW 2) 2.2 kW 5.5 kW 8.5 kW -400 V a.c. - 4 kW 11 kW 15 kW -Min. switched power 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA 12 V / 10 mASwitching frequency max. 600 operating cycles/h 600 operating cycles/h 600 operating cycles/h 600 operating cycles/h 600 operating cycles/hElectrical endurance at I eAC-1 / AC-7a 200 000 operating cycles 200 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles -AC-3 / AC-7b 300 000 operating cycles 500 000 operating cycles 150 000 operating cycles 150 000 operating cycles -Mechanical endurance3 000 000 operating cycles 3 000 000 operating cycles 3 000 000 operating cycles 3 000 000 operating cycles 3 000 000 operating cyclesPower loss at I eper pole 1,7 VA 2,2 VA 4 VA 8 VA -Short-circuit protection - fuse gG 20 A 35 A 63 A 80 A 6 ACoordination type 1 1 1 1 1Min. distance between open contacts 3.6 mm 3.6 mm 3.4 mm 3.4 mm 4 mmMake time 3) 15 ÷ 25 ms (10 ms) 10 ÷ 20 ms (10 ms) 15 ÷ 20 ms (5 ÷ 10 ms) 15 ÷ 20 ms (5 ÷ 10 ms) -Break time 3) 20 ms (20 ÷ 25 ms) 20 ms (25 ÷ 30 ms) 10 ms (10 ÷ 15 ms) 10 ms (10 ÷ 15 ms) -Connection – conductor rigid 1 ÷ 10 mm 2 1 ÷ 10 mm 2 1 ÷ 25 mm 2 1 ÷ 25 mm 2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Connection – conductor rigid with a sleeve 1 ÷ 6 mm 2 1 ÷ 6 mm 2 1 ÷ 16 mm 2 1 ÷ 16 mm 2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 2 Nm 2 Nm 0.6 NmControl circuit (coil)Rated voltage U c24, 230 V a.c. 24, 230 V a.c. 24, 230 V a.c. 24, 230 V a.c. -Operating range 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 % -Rated frequency 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz -Power loss - at operation 4) 15 VA / 13 W 27 VA / 17 W 62 VA / 50 W 62 VA / 50 W -(6 VA / 3.8 W) (5.2 VA / 2 W) (15.4 VA / 6 W) (15.4 VA / 6 W)Power loss – holding 3 VA / 1.9 W 2.6 VA / 1 W 7.7 VA / 3W 7.7 VA / 3W -Connection – conductor rigid 1 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 -Connection – conductor rigid with a sleeve 1 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 -Torque 0.6 Nm 0.6 Nm 0.6 Nm 0.6 Nm -Other dataRated insulation voltage U i440 V a.c. 440 V a.c. 440 V a.c. 440 V a.c. 500 V a.c.Rated impulse voltage U imp4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kVMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 -Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20Ambient temperature -5 ÷ + 55 °C -5 ÷ + 55 °C -5 ÷ + 55 °C -5 ÷ + 55 °C -5 ÷ + 55 °CSeismic resistance IEC 980:1993 5) IEC 980:1993 5) IEC 980:1993 5) IEC 980:1993 5) IEC 980:1993 5)1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2)Only for making contact3)Values in parentheses are valid for break-type contact4)Values in parentheses are valid for installation contactors with manual control with switch in position „I“5)It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and TemelínWorking position180°0°Dependency on ambient temperatureIf several contactors are installed in parallel in a switchboard, the following rules shall apply:- installation contactors RSI-25-.., RSI-40-.. RSI-63-.. can be installed in parallel without limitation up to ambienttemperature of 55°C- for installation contactor RSI-20-.. at ambient temperature up to 40 °C, a 0.5 gap must be left after every thirdcontactor. At ambient temperature between 40 °C and 55 °C a gap of 0.5 module must be left after every secondcontactorE7

MiniaOther devicesINSTALLATION CONTACTORSSwitching of resistance or slightly inductive load in DC circuits (utilization category DC-1)Installation contactorContact loadType Operating voltage U e 1 contact 2 contacts in series 3 contacts in series 4 contacts in series24 V d.c. 20 A 20 A - -RSI-20-...110 V d.c. 1 A 3 A - -220 V d.c. 0.5 A 1.5 A - -24 V d.c. 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 ARSI-25-...110 V d.c. 2 A 4 A 6 A 8 A220 V d.c. 0.5 A 1.5 A 2.5 A 3.5 A24 V d.c. 40 A 40 A 40 A 40 ARSI-40-...110 V d.c. 4 A 10 A 30 A 40 A220 V d.c. 0.8 A 6 A 20 A 40 A24 V d.c. 63 A 63 A 63 A 63 ARSI-63-...110 V d.c. 4 A 10 A 35 A 63 A220 V d.c. 0.8 A 6 A 30 A 63 ASwitching of lights - maximum number of light fittings per one contact at 230 V a.c., 50 Hz (utilization category AC-5a, AC-5b)Light bulbsInstallation contactorLighting fittingType 60 W 100 W 200 W 500 W 1000 WRSI-20-... 23 14 7 3 1RSI-25-... 29 16 8 3 1RSI-40-... 65 40 20 8 4RSI-63-... 85 50 25 10 5Fluorescent tubesInstallation contactor Uncompensated Compensated in parallel Duo connectionType 18 W 36 W 58 W 18 W / 4,5 μF 36 W / 4,5 μF 58 W / 7 μF 2x 18 W 2x 36 W 2x 58 WRSI-20-... 22 17 14 7 7 4 30 17 10RSI-25-... 24 20 17 8 8 5 40 24 14RSI-40-... 90 65 45 48 48 31 100 65 40RSI-63-... 140 95 70 73 73 47 150 95 60Fluorescent tubes with electronic ballast (ECG)Installation contactorLighting fittingType 18 W 36 W 58 W 2x 18 W 2x 36 W 2x 58 WRSI-20-... 25 15 14 12 7 7RSI-25-... 35 20 19 17 10 9RSI-40-... 100 52 50 50 26 25RSI-63-... 140 75 72 70 38 36High-pressure mercury discharge lamps (HQL)Installation contactor Uncompensated Compensated in parallelType 50 W 80 W 125 W 250 W 400 W 700 W 1000 W 50 W/7 μF 80 W/8 μF 125 W/10 μF 250 W/18 μF 400 W/25 μF 700 W/45 μF 1000 W/60 μFRSI-20-... 14 10 7 4 2 1 1 4 4 3 1 1 0 0RSI-25-... 18 13 9 5 3 2 1 5 5 4 2 1 0 0RSI-40-... 38 29 20 10 7 4 3 31 27 22 12 9 5 4RSI-63-... 55 42 29 15 10 6 4 47 41 33 18 13 7 5Metal halide discharge lamps (HQI)Installation contactor Uncompensated Compensated in parallelType 70 W 150 W 250 W 400 W 1000 W 2000 W 70 W/12 μF 150 W/20 μF 250 W/33 μF 400 W/35 μF 1000 W/95 μF 2000 W/148 μFRSI-20-... 10 5 3 3 1 0 2 1 0 0 0 0RSI-25-... 12 7 4 3 1 0 3 1 1 0 0 0RSI-40-... 23 12 7 6 2 1 18 11 6 6 2 1RSI-63-... 32 18 10 9 3 1 25 15 9 8 3 2E8

Other devicesMiniaINSTALLATION CONTACTORSHigh-pressure sodium discharge lamps (NAV)Installation contactor Uncompensated Compensated in parallelType 150 W 250 W 400 W 1000 W 150 W / 20 μF 250 W / 33 μF 400 W / 48 μF 1000 W / 106 μFRSI-20-... 5 3 2 0 1 0 0 0RSI-25-... 6 4 2 1 1 1 0 0RSI-40-... 17 10 6 3 11 6 4 2RSI-63-... 22 13 8 3 16 10 6 3Low-pressure sodium discharge lampsInstallation contactor Uncompensated Compensated in parallelType 18 W 35 W 55 W 90 W 135 W 180 W 18 W / 5 μF 35 W / 20 μF 55 W / 20 μF 90 W / 26 μF 135 W / 45 μF 180 W / 40 μFRSI-20-... 22 7 7 7 3 3 6 1 1 1 - -RSI-25-... 27 9 9 5 4 4 7 1 1 1 - -RSI-40-... 71 23 23 14 10 10 44 11 11 8 4 5RSI-63-... 90 30 30 19 13 13 66 16 16 12 7 8DimensionsRSI-20-..RSI-25-..4590459017.574435 744644.5644.5RSI-40-... RSI-63-..PS-RSI-11004590459054 744944644.564E9

MiniaOther devicesINSTALLATION CONTACTORSDiagramRSI-20-10-..RSI-20-20-. .RSI-20-11-..RSI-20-02-..A11A11 3A11 R3A1R1R3A22A224A22R4A2R2R4RSI-25-40-.., RSI-40-40-.., RSI-63-40-.. RSI-25-31-.., RSI-40-31-.., RSI-63-31-.. RSI-25-04-.., RSI-40-04-.., RSI-63-04-..A11 3 5 7A1135R7A1R1R3R5R7A22 4 68A22 4 6R8A2R2 R4 R6R8PS-RSI-110031433244E10

Other devicesMiniaPRIORITY CURRENT RELAYSThey monitor the strength of current in the circuit andclose/open the contact (terminals 1, 2) at a jump exceedingof a guaranteed switched current.They make it possible to interrupt the power supplyof one (non-priority) circuit, if the current of the other(priority) circuit jumps to a set value.They are most frequently installed in distributionsystems where concurrent operation of moreappliances is not possible because of risk of exceedinga permitted power input.For example, the relays can disconnect electric heating,a storage block heater from the network if aninstantaneous water heater is switched – thereforeit is possible to select a main circuit breaker andconductors for a lower power input.They make it possible to increase the numberof appliances for existing installations.In the circuits with electronic (e.g. thyristor) control,they cannot be used directly, but with a time-delayrelay – see connection examples.Maximum current through the current coil: dependingon design (15 A, 28 A, 63 A).Maximum current through the contact: 16 A.Operating current Arrangement Type Product Number Weight Packagerange I nof contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]5 ÷ 15 A01 RLP-15-01 35548 1 0.115 110 RLP-15-10 35549 1 0.115 110 ÷ 28 A01 RLP-28-01 35550 1 0.115 110 RLP-28-10 35551 1 0.115 126 ÷ 63 A01 RLP-63-01 35552 1 0.115 110 RLP-63-10 35553 1 0.115 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsSpecificationsTypeApproval marksRLP-..Contact (terminals 1,2)Arrangement of contacts 1) 10, 01Rated voltage/current AC-1 U e/I n 250 V a.c. / 16 AElectrical endurance75 000 operating cyclesSwitching frequencymax. 1200 operating cycles/hConnection 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque0.8 NmCurrent coil (terminals A1, A2)Operating current range I n 5 ÷ 15 A, 10 ÷ 28 A, 26 ÷ 63 AGuaranteed switched current for I 2) nrange 5 ÷ 15 ≥ 5 Arange 10 ÷ 28≥ 10 Arange 26 ÷ 63≥ 26 A2)Guaranteed unswitched current for I nrange 5 ÷ 15 ≤ 2 Arange 10 ÷ 28≤ 6 Arange 26 ÷ 63≤ 16 AConnection - terminals A1, A2 0.75 ÷ 16 mm 2Torque2 NmPower loss3 WOther dataIsolation voltage U i400 V a.c.Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35Degree of protectionIP20Ambient temperature -20 ÷ 50 °CWorking positionarbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2)Only for jump increase in currentRLP selection-.. according to power output of the switched applianceAppliancetype RLP-..VoltagePower output [kW]1.2 ÷ 3.4 RLP-15-..230 V a.c.2.3 ÷ 6.4 RLP-28-..6.0 ÷ 14.5 RLP-63-..3.4 ÷ 10.0 RLP-15-..400 V a.c.6.9 ÷ 19.3 RLP-28-..18.0 ÷ 43.5 RLP-63-..E11

MiniaOther devicesPRIORITY CURRENT RELAYSDimensionsRLP-..DiagramRLP-..-10RLP-..-01A11A11A11I>I>4585.8A22A222A217.5 4.5 4462Connection examplesInstantaneouswater heaterElectricheaterLoad withelectronic controlElectricheaterA11A11 3 5 7A11A1T1618A11 3 5 7RLP-...-01I>A2 2RSI-...-40-...A22 4 68RLP-...-10I>A2 2MCR-08-001-UNIA2T15RSI-...-40-...A22 4 68NL LN L1 L2 L3NL LNL N L1 L2 L3For example, at blocking of consumption of an electric heater (a nonpriorityappliance) the current coil (terminals A1, A2) is connectedin the circuit of an instantaneous water heater (a priority appliance)at switching the latter on, and control contact (terminals 1, 2) isconnected in the circuit of the electric heater contactors. So if theinstantaneous water heater is switched on and the current steeplyreaches so called “guaranteed switched current”, the control breakcontact will interrupt the power supply of contactor, and subsequentlydisconnects the electric boiler.At priority switching of an appliance with electronic control the relay function is troubled(the relay is synchronized with the electronic control). For this reason it is recommendedto connect a time-delay relay in the control contact circuit.E12

Other devicesMiniaMULTIPLE-FUNCTION TIME RELAYSMultiple-function time relaysFor switching of electric circuits up to 8 A dependingon the set time, function and connection.Mainly for automation purposes.They can be used as a stair switch.Time range: 0.1 s ÷ 100 h.Big number of functions with various control options:delayed operation, impulse after switching on, intervalrelay beginning with a pause/impulse, reactionto leading/trailing edge, reaction to connection/disconnection of supply voltage, reaction only toa control impulse edge, ...Supply voltage: 230 V a.c. or universal(12 ÷ 230 V a.c./d.c.).Time and function setting by knobs and change-overswitches on the front panel of the device.Light indication at contact closing 15-18.Light indication of presence of supply voltage.Each impulse led on input T causes restart of timingdepending on the set function.Rated voltage Type Product Number Weight PackageU ncode of modules [kg] [pcs]230 V a.c. MCR-08-001-A230 35568 1 0.115 1universal 1) MCR-08-001-UNI 35569 1 0.115 11)Universal rated voltage = 12 ÷ 230 V a.c. / d.c.AccessoriesCompensation blockit enables control of the relay by 1 to 3 control pushbuttonswith glow discharge tube.Connection: parallel with MCR.Rated voltage: 230 V a.c.Max. voltage : 400 V a.c.Capacity: 3 x 1 μF.Type Product Number Weight Packagecode of modules [kg] [pcs]OD-MIR-BK 35676 1 0.05 1E13

MiniaOther devicesMULTIPLE-FUNCTION TIME RELAYSDescriptionChange-over switch U nand TL for setting of starting method:Un – relay starts at connection of supply voltage orapplication of impulse on T terminalTL – relay starts by impulse application on terminal TChange-over switch and for setting of response to control impulse edgeleading edge of the control impulsetrailing edge of the control impulseTerminals A1-A2 for connection of supply voltage Rated voltage U n= 12 ÷ 230 V a.c. / d.c. or 230 V a.c. In AC circuits L and N conductors can be arbitrarilyconnected to terminals A1, A2.In DC circuits the (+) conductor must be connectedto terminal A1, and (-) to terminal A2.Terminal T for control of relay Control impulse can be excited by connection of A1-T. Min./max. excitation time: 15 ms/compensated. The relay can be controlled by 1 to 3 control push-buttonswith a glow discharge tube provided a power-factor capacitor3 μF / 400 V is connected between terminals A2-T- see connection diagram. For compensation it is possibleto use the compensation block OD-MIR-BK.LA1A2NTTChange-over switches IZ/ZP and MON/AST for function setting (for function table see page E16)IZ – impulse after switching onZP – delayed operationMON – monostable functionAST – astable function15MCR-08-001-UNI1618Control knobs for switching time settingupper dial – defines time range – 1 s, 10 s, 1 min, 10 min,1 hour, 10 hours, 100 hourslower dial – for setting of a multiple of the time range(0.05 ÷ 1) OD-MIR-BKA2minimum set time: 0.1 smaximum set time: 100 hIndication indication of operational states is solved by two-colour LED– presence of supply voltage U n is indicated by greencolour– presence of supply voltage U nand closed contact 15-18 R eis indicated by orange colourE14

Other devicesMiniaMULTIPLE-FUNCTION TIME RELAYSSpecificationsTypeMCR-08-001-...Standards EN 61812-1Approval marksMain circuit (contact)Arrangement of contacts 1) 001Rated operating voltage U e250 V a.c., 24 V d.c.Rated current I n8 AMax. switched power2000 VA / 192 WMax. switched voltage380 V a.c. / 150 d.c.Min. voltage / current5 V d.c. / 10 mAMechanical endurance5 000 000 operating cyclesElectrical endurance100 000 operating cyclesConnection 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque0.5 NmControl circuitRated voltage U ntype MCR-08-001-A230 230 Vtype MCR-08-001-UNI12 ÷ 230 V a.c. / d.c.Dwell between applied U n0.1 sConsumption at U nat 12 / 230 V a.c. 0.7 VA / 2.1 VAat 12 / 230 V d.c.0.9 W / 1.2 WRated frequency50 HzConnection 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque0.5 NmControl impulseExcitation 2)through interconnection of A1-TMin. excitation time15 msMax. excitation timecompensatedConsumption at U nat 12 /230 V a.c. 0.5 VA / 0.5 VAat 12 / 220 V d.c.1 W / 1 WTime circuitRange0.1 s ÷ 100 hourst setting methodcontrol knobs on the front panelStability of set value at permanent power supplymax. 2 % tOther dataMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35Degree of protectionIP20Ambient temperature -20 ÷ + 50 °CWorking positionArbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts2)The relay can be controlled by 1 to 3 control push-buttons with a glow discharge tube provided a power-factor capacitor 3 μF / 400 V is connected between terminals A2-T. For compensation it is possible to useso called “Compensation block OD-MIR-BK” (1 module on DIN rail).DimensionsMCR-08-001-..A1A2TOD-MIR-BKA2A2A217.5181615~88~4.524446224565.58617.5~88~4.52444624565.586E15

MiniaOther devicesMULTIPLE-FUNCTION TIME RELAYSDiagramMCROD-MIR-BKA1T1618A2TA215GraphE16

Other devicesMiniaTIME RELAYSFor periodical switching of electrical circuits up to 8 Aaccording to two mutually independent set times.Mainly for automation purposes.Time range: 0.5 s ÷ 120 min.Universal supply voltage:12 V ÷ 230 V a.c. / 12 V ÷ 220 V d.c.Possibility of selection of start of timing – delayedoperation/impulse after switching on.Light indication at contact closing (red LED).Light indication of presence of supply voltage (greenLED).Time relaysRated voltage U nType Product Number Weight PackageAC/DC [V] code of modules [kg] [pcs]Universal 1) MTR-08-001-UNI 35570 1 0.075 11)Universal rated voltage = 12 ÷ 230 V a.c. / 12 ÷220 V d.c.DescriptionTerminal ZP for setting of relay start- If the terminal is not interconnected, the relay startsin the mode of impulse after switching.- If the terminal is interconnected with terminal A1, therelay starts in delayed operation mode.Terminals A1-A2 for connection of supply voltage- Rated voltage Un = 12 ÷ 230 V a.c. / 12 ÷ 220 V d.c.- Conductor L and N or (+) and (-) can be connectedarbitrarily to terminals A1, A2.Control knobs and change-over switches t 1, t 2for switching time setting:- Minimum set time t 1or t 2: 0,5 s.- Maximum set time t 1or t 2: 120 min.- Stability of set value of t 1and t 2at permanent powersupply - max 2 % t 1or t 2.- Scale of both t 1and t 2is linear.t1, t2t1, t2Indication- Indication of operational states is solved by two-colour LED- presence of supply voltage U nis indicated bygreen colour- presence of supply voltage U nand closedcontact 15-18 R eis indicated by orange colour12120,5 s 12 s5 s 120 s120,5 min 12 min125 min 120 minE17

MiniaOther devicesTIME RELAYSSpecificationsTypeMTR-08-001-UNIStandards EN 61812-1Approval marksMain circuit (contact)Arrangement of contacts 1) 001Rated operating voltage U e 250 V a.c. / 24 V d.c.Rated current I n 8 AMax. switched power2000 VA / 192 WMax. switched voltage380 V a.c., 150 V d.c.Min. voltage/current5 V d.c. / 10 mAEndurance - electrical/mechanical100 000 operating cycles/5 000 000 operating cyclesConnection 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque0.5 NmControl circuit (coil)Rated control voltage U n 12 ÷ 230 V a.c. / 12 ÷ 220 V d.c.Dwell between applied U e3 sConsumption at U e12/230 V a.c. 0.7 VA / 2.1 VA12/220 V d.c. 0.9 W / 1.2 WRated frequency50 ÷ 60 HzConnection 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque0.5 NmTime circuitRange0.5 s ÷ 120 minT setting method t 1, t 2control knobs and switches on the front panelStability of set value at permanent power supply max. 2 % t 1, t 2Other dataMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35Degree of protectionIP20Ambient temperature -20 ÷ 55 °CWorking positionArbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contactsDimensionsMTR-08-001-UNIA1A2ZP~884565.58617.5181615~4.5244462 2E18

Other devicesMiniaTIME RELAYSDiagramMTR-08-001-UNIA1ZP1618TA215GraphLNLNU nU nR eR et 1 t 2 t 1 t 2 t 1 t 2 t 1 t 2 t 1 t 2 t 1 t 2 t 1 t 2 t 1 t 2 t 1 t 2 t 1 t 2U n– rated voltageR e– contact closing 15-18t 1– set time on the switch t t 1and on the knob t 1t 2– set time on the switch t 2and on the knob t 2U n– rated voltageR e– contact closing 15-18t 1– set time on the switch t t 1and on the knob t 1t 2– set time on the switch t 2and on the knob t 2E19

MiniaOther devicesIMPULSE MEMORY RELAYImpulse memory relayFor electric circuit switching up to 16 A by impulsecommand.However, mainly for control of lighting circuits from morepoints in a corridor, on stairs, in the whole house etc.It saves crossbar switches; the lighting can be controlledby push-buttons instead of a combination of crossbarand three-way switches.It saves conductors - it is possible to use smaller crosssectionsfor the control circuit than for power circuit.It brings higher comfort of control - for example it ispossible to switch off all lights by one push-buttonwhen leaving the house.The relay does not need permanent power supply;it is supplied only for the time of control impulseduration.The position of the make-and-break contact can onlybe changed by applying an impulse on the followinginputs (supply voltage failures have no effect):-ON/OFF input - each impulse led on this inputchanges the contact position (local control of theimpulse relay).-ON input - each impulse led on this input switchesthe contact to position 11-14.-OFF input - each impulse led on this input switchesthe contact to position 11-12.Control voltage Type Product Number Weight PackageU n code of modules [kg] [pcs]230 MIR-16-001-A230 35675 1 0.085 1AccessoriesCompensation blockIt enables control of relay by more than 15 control pushbuttonswith glow discharge tube.Connection: parallel with MIR.Rated voltage: 230 V a.c.Max. voltage: 400 V a.c.Capacity: 3 x 1 μF.Type Product Number Weight Packagecode of modules [kg] [pcs]OD-MIR-BK 35676 1 0.055 1Multi-level central control blockIt enables multi-level central control of MIR.Rated voltage: 230 V a.c.Description: each impulse memory relay is locallycontrolled by push-buttons (local control); eachlevel or set of impulse memory relays is controlledsimultaneously from relevant point (central control);all levels are jointly controlled by a single commandfrom a point (central multi-level control).Type Product Number Weight Packagecode of modules [kg] [pcs]OD-MIR-CO 35677 1 0.05 1E20

Other devicesMiniaIMPULSE MEMORY RELAYSpecificationsTypeMIR-16-001-A230Standards EN 61812-1Approval marksMain circuit (contact)Arrangement of contacts 1) 2) 001Rated operating voltage U e230 V a.c.Rated current I nAC-1 16 AAC-5a2 AMax. switched power 2)4000 VALamp load max.460 WMax. fluorescent tube load compensated cos φ = 0.8 8x 36 Wuncompensated cos φ = 0.525x 36 W, 13x 65 WMin. switched power50 mW (10 V / 5 mA)Rated frequency f n50 HzMechanical endurance10 000 000 operating cyclesElectrical endurance100 000 operating cyclesSwitching frequency10 operating cycles/minConnection 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque0.5 NmControl circuitRated voltage U c230 V a.c.Rated frequency f n50 HzMin. excitation time200 msMax. excitation timecompensatedMin. time period between pulses1 sMax. number of push-buttons with glow lamp 1.1 mA3)15 pcsConnection 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque0.5 NmOther dataMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35Degree of protectionIP20Ambient temperature -20 ÷ + 50 °CWorking positionArbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts2)Different contact sequence or load increase can be solved by the use of installation contactors RSI3)On ON input and OFF output there must be the same number of push-buttons with a glow discharge tube. For the number of push-buttons with a glow discharge tube higher than 15 it is necessary to use thecompensation bloc OD-MIR-BKDimensionsMIR-16-001-A230A2A2A2OD-MIR-BKA2A2A2OD-MIR-CO568~884565.58617.5141211ON/OFFONOFF17.517.5427~4.5244462E21

MiniaOther devicesIMPULSE MEMORY RELAYGraphDiagramMIR-16-001-A230OD-MIR-BKOD-MIR-COON/OFFA21214A2 568ONOFF11-14ON/OFFONOFF11724Connection examplesLocal controlEach relay is locally controlled by push-buttons.LNON/OFFA2121114Local control of impulse relaysMIR-16-001-A230ON/OFFA2121114MIR-16-001-A230E22

Other devicesMiniaIMPULSE MEMORY RELAYLocal + central controlEach impulse relay is locally controlled by push-buttons (local control); eachlevel or set of impulse relays is controlled simultaneously from a point (centralcontrol); all levels are jointly controlled by a single command from a point(central control).LNCentral control of the 1st group impulse relaysLocal + central + central multi-level controlEach impulse relay is locally controlled by push-buttons (local control); each level or set of impulserelays is controlled simultaneously from a point (central control); all levels are jointly controlled by asingle command from a point (central control); all levels are jointly controlled by a single commandfrom a point (central multi-level control).LNCentral controlCentral control of the 1st group impulse relaysof the 1st and 2st groupimpulse relaysONOFFA212ONOFF7 45 8ONOFFA21211141114MIR-16-001-A230Local control of impulse relaysMIR-16-001-A230Local control of impulse relaysA2A2121211141114MIR-16-001-A230MIR-16-001-A230Central control of the 2st group impulse relaysCentral control of the 2st group impulse relaysONOFF11A2121426OD-MIR-COONOFF11A21214MIR-16-001-A230Local control of impulse relaysMIR-16-001-A230Local control of impulse relaysA2A2121211141114MIR-16-001-A230MIR-16-001-A230Connection of signalling of pushed buttonWhen the connection of signalling of pushed button is done according to the figure relay can be controlled only by ON/OFF input. In such case of signalling connection when the ON or OFFbutton is pushed the current is closed through the relay electronics and thus can damage it.LNLNSignalling of pushed buttonISignalling of pushed buttonON/OFFON/OFFA2ONOFFA2121211141114MIR-16-001-A230MIR-16-001-A230E23

MiniaOther devicesSTAIR SWITCHESStair switch MQA-..Mainly for control of lighting circuits from more pointsin a corridor, on stairs, in the whole house etc.Possibility of 3-wire or 4-wire connection.Time setting (0.5 ÷ 10 min) by the knob on the frontpanel of the device.Max. 50 control push-buttons with glow lamp 1 mA.Type Product Number Weight Packagecode of modules [kg] [pcs]MQA-16-100-A230 37210 1 0.086 1Stair switch MQB-..Mainly for control of lighting circuits from more pointsin a corridor, on stairs, in the whole house etc.Possibility of 3-wire or 4-wire connection.Time setting (0.5 ÷ 10 min) by the knob on the frontpanel of the device.If the control push-button is pressed longer than 1 s, thestair switch will switch on for a time four times longerthan the set time.Max. 50 control push-buttons with glow lamp 1 mA.Warning before expiration of the set time - 20 and 40seconds before expiration of the set time the stairswitch warns by indicator short flashing of oncomingend of timing.Type Product Number Weight Packagecode of modules [kg] [pcs]MQB-16-100-A230 37211 1 0.086 1Stair switch MQC-..Mainly for control of lighting circuits from more pointsin a corridor, on stairs, in the whole house etc.Possibility of 3-wire or 4-wire connection.Time setting (3 ÷ 60 min) by the knob on the frontpanel of the device.Max. 50 control push-buttons with glow lamp 1 mA.Warning before expiration of the set time - 20 and 40seconds before expiration of the set time the stairswitch warns by indicator short flashing of oncomingend of timing.The timing is terminated by pressing the push-buttonagain before 40 seconds to the end of the set time.Thetiming cycle is restarted by pressing the push-buttonagain 40 or less seconds to the end of the set time.Type Product Number Weight Packagecode of modules [kg] [pcs]MQC-16-100-A230 37830 1 0.086 1E24

Other devicesMiniaSTAIR SWITCHESSpecificationsType MQA-16-100-A230 MQB-16-100-A230 MQC-16-100-A230Standards EN 60 669 EN 60 669 EN 61 812-1Approval marksMain circuit (contact)Arrangement of contacts 1) 10 10 10Rated operating voltage U e250 V a.c. 250 V a.c. 250 V a.c.Rated current I nAC-1 16 A 16 A 16 AInductive load cosφ 0.6 10 A 10 A 10 ALamp load max. 2000 W 2000 W 2000 WMax. fluorescent tube load uncompensated 20 pcs 58 W 20 pcs 58 W 20 pcs 58 Wcompensated in series 40 pcs 58 W 40 pcs 58 W 40 pcs 58 Wduo connection 2x 20 pcs 58 W 2x 20 pcs 58 W 2x 20 pcs 58 WEVG = electronic ballast 5 pcs 20 W 5 pcs 20 W 5 pcs 20 WSiemens ECG 10 pcs 58 W 10 pcs 58 W 10 pcs 58 WMin. switched power 10 V / 300 mA 10 V / 300 mA 10 V / 300 mARated frequency f n50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 HzConnection 1.5 ÷ 6 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 6 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 6 mm 2Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 NmControl circuitRated control voltage U c230 V a.c. 230 V a.c. 230 V a.c.Range of control voltage 90 ÷ 110 % U c90 ÷ 110 % U c90 ÷ 110 % U cRated frequency f n50 Hz 50 Hz 50 HzPower loss at standstill 0.7 W 1 W 1 Wat timing process 3.5 W 1.7 W 1.7 WTime setting 0.5 ÷ 10 min 0.5 ÷ 10 min 3 ÷ 60 minMin. excitation time 30 ms 30 ms 30 msMax. excitation time 2) compensated compensated compensatedMax. number of push-buttons with glow lamp 1 mA 50 pcs 50 pcs 50 pcsReset by next impulse yes yes yesAdditional extension of the set time no yes 3) noWarning before end of timing no yes 4) yes 4)Connection 1.5 ÷ 6 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 6 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 6 mm 2Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 NmOther dataMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20Ambient temperature -10 ÷ + 50 °C -10 ÷ + 50 °C -10 ÷ + 50 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts.2)The device is able to withstand permanent load either in switching the manual change-over switch on the front panel of the device or in control push-button locking.3)If the control push-button is closed for more than 1 s, the set time is extended four times.4)20 and 40 seconds before expiration of the set time the stair switch warns by indicator short flashing of oncoming end of timing.E25

MiniaOther devicesSTAIR SWITCHESDimensionsMQA-16-100-A230, MQB-16-100-A230, MQC-16-100-A230DiagramMQA-16-100-A230MQB-16-100-A230MQC-16-100-A230LN456790N11 22L18 7 244464 1.5Connection examples4-wire connection230 V a.c.3-wire connection230 V a.c.Stair switch is controlled by switching of the phase conductor.This connection is used mainly in new installations.Stair switch is controlled by switching of the N-conductor.This connection is used only in old installations.GraphMQA-16-100-A230MQB-16-100-A230U nt

Other devicesMiniaTIMERSMechanical program timerFor real time load switching up to 16 A / 250 V.Daily program.Switching time setting: by plastic plates along theperimeter of the dial.Shortest switching interval: 30 min.Change-over switch automatic run / permanent operation/ permanent off.Run reserve: 100 hours.Design Arrangement Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]standard 001 MAP-16-001-A230 36879 3 0.175 1mini 100 MAP-16-100-A230-MINI 36880 1 0.1 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contactsDigital program timerFor switching of of load of max. 16 A / 250 V a.c. in real time.Weekly and daily program.Switching time setting: by push-buttons on the frontpanel of the device.Shortest switching interval: 1 min.Change-over switch automatic run / permanent operation/ permanent off.Run reserve: 6 years from the manufacture date.Number Arrangement Type Product Number Weight Packageof channels of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]1 001 MAR-16-001-A230 36881 2 0.24 12 002 MAR-16-002-A230 36882 2 0.24 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contactsSpecificationsType MAP-16-001-A230 MAP-16-100-A230-MINI MAR-16-001-A230 MAR-16-002-A230Approval marksMain circuit (contact)Arrangement of contacts 001 100 001 002Rated operating voltage U e 250 V a.c. 250 V a.c. 250 V a.c. 250 V a.c.Rated current I e AC-1 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 ASwitched power AC-1 3 600 W 3 600 W 3 600 W 3 600 WAC-3 1 000 W 1 000 W 1 800 W 1 800 WAC-5a uncompensated 1 400 VA 1 400 VA 1 400 VA 1 400 VAAC-5a compensated 7 μF 58 W 58 W 60 W 60 WAC-5b 1 000 W 1 000 W 1 800 W 1 800 WMin. switched power 4 V / 1 mA 4 V / 1 mA 12 V / 100 mA 12 V / 100 mARated frequency f n 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 HzMechanical endurance 20 000 000 operating cycles 20 000 000 operating cycles 10 000 000 operating cycles 10 000 000 operating cyclesElectrical endurance 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cyclesConnection 1.5 ÷ 4 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm 2Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 NmTime circuitMin. switching interval 30 min 15 min 1 min 1 minMin. time unit 15 min 15 min 1 min 1 minProgram daily daily weekly weeklyNumber of memory places - - 56 28 on each channelPre-set blocks in the week - - Mo-Su, Mo-Fr, Sa-Su, individual Mo-Su, Mo-Fr, Sa-Su, individualRun accuracy ± 2.5 s / day ± 2.5 s / day ± 0.86 s / day ± 0.86 s / daySwitching accuracy ± 5 min ± 5 min - -Run reserve 100 hours 100 hours 6 years 6 yearsBattery type NiMH NiMH Lithium LithiumCharging time min 48 hours min 48 hours - -Supply circuitRated control voltage U c 230 V a.c. 230 V a.c. 230 V a.c. 230 V a.c.Operating range 85 ÷ 110 % U c85 ÷ 110 % U c85 ÷ 110 % U c85 ÷ 110 % U cRated frequency f n 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 HzRated power loss P v 1 VA 1VA 2 VA 2 VAConnection 1.5 ÷ 4 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm 2Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 NmOther dataMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20Ambient temperature -10 ÷ + 55 °C -10 ÷ + 55 °C -10 ÷ + 55 °C -10 ÷ + 55 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contactsE27

MiniaTIMERSDimensionsMAP-16-001-A230Other devicesMAP-16-100-A230-MININLU1U21428945831488458353 64417.8646 4464MAR-16-001-A230MAR-16-002-A230NL412L894583894583214N65836644366446464DiagramMAP-16-001-A230 MAP-16-100-A230-MINI MAR-16-001-A230 MAR-16-002-A230U12 4 L 4 L 2 4 L2 4 68U2 1 N 1 N 1 N 1 5E28

Other devicesMiniaTUMBLER POWER SWITCHESTumbler power switches APN-..For building, commercial and industrial installationsup to 63 A, 230/400 V a.c.For electric circuit switching.Wide range of accessories – auxiliary switches, undervoltagereleases and shunt trips, interconnecting busbars etc.Possible interconnection by means of busbars.Rated operating Number Type Product Number Weight Packagecurrent I e of poles code of modules [kg] [pcs]1 APN-32-1 34338 1 0.12 121+N APN-32-1N 34339 2 0.235 632 A2 APN-32-2 34340 2 0.235 63 APN-32-3 34341 3 0.355 43+N APN-32-3N 34342 4 0.47 31 APN-63-1 34343 1 0.12 121+N APN-63-1N 34344 2 0.235 663 A2 APN-63-2 34345 2 0.235 63 APN-63-3 34346 3 0.355 43+N APN-63-3N 34347 4 0.47 3AccessoriesAuxiliary and relative switches PS-LP-.. page B19Shunt trips SV-LP-.. page B22Undervoltage releases SP-LP-.. page B25Locking insert OD-LP-VU01 page B28Sealing insert OD-LP-VP01 page B29Interpole barriers OD-LP-MP01 page B30Interconnecting busbars G1L-.., G2L-.., G3L-.., G4L-.., S1L-.., S2L-.., S3L-.. page E49Terminal extensions AS-.. page E54Tumbler power switches AST-..For building, commercial and industrial installationsup to 125 A, 230/400 V a.c., 48 V d.c.For electric circuit switching.Wide range of accessories – auxiliary switches,undervoltage releases and shunt trips, interconnectingbusbars etc.Possible interconnection by means of busbars.Rated current Number Type Product Number Weight PackageI nof poles code of modules [kg] [pcs]1 AST-125-1 37284 1.5 0.21 3125 A3 AST-125-3 37285 4.5 0.63 13+N AST-125-3N 37286 6 0.84 1AccessoriesAuxiliary switches PS-LS-.. page B19Shunt trips SV-LS-.. page B22Undervoltage releases SP-LS-.. page B25Interconnecting busbars S1L-27-.., S3L-27-.., S4L-27-.. page E49Terminal extensions AS-50-S-AL01, CS-FH000-.., N3x10-FH000 page E54E29

MiniaOther devicesTUMBLER POWER SWITCHESSpecificationsType APN-.. AST-..Standards EN 60947-3 EN 60947-3Approval marksNumber of poles 1, 1+N, 2, 3, 3+N 1, 3, 3+NRated operating current I e32 A, 63 A 125 ARated operating voltage U e230/400 V a.c. 230/400 V a.c., 48 V d.c.Max. operating voltage U max253/440 V a.c. 253/440 V a.c., 52 V d.c.Min. operating voltage U min12 V a.c./d.c. 12 V a.c./d.c.Rated frequency f n40 ÷ 60 Hz 40 ÷ 60 HzRated conditional short-circuit current with backup fuse max 1:1 gG 10 kA 10 kAMechanical endurance 20 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cyclesElectrical endurance 4 000 operating cycles 4 000 operating cyclesRated impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50 μs) U imp6 kV 6 kVOvervoltage category (IEC 664-1) IV IVUtilization category AC-22A AC-22A, DC-22AMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35 TH 35Degree of protection IP20 IP20ConnectionConductor Cu – rigid (solid stranded) 0.5 ÷ 25 mm 2 , 2x(0.5÷10) mm 2 1.5 ÷ 50 mm 2 , 2x16 mm 2Conductor Cu – flexible 0.5 ÷ 16 mm 2 1.5 ÷ 50 mm 2 , 2x16 mm 2Torque 2 Nm 3.5 NmTop or bottom connection yes yesOperating conditionsAmbient temperature -20 ÷ + 55 °C -20 ÷ + 55 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitraryDimensionsAPN-..-1APN-..-1NAPN-..-2APN-..-3APN-..-3N~4.5~7364~90458617.5 35 52.570~4.5 4472AST-..-1AST-..-3AST-..-3N71.545901.726.679.8 106.45.544607074E30

Other devicesMiniaTUMBLER POWER SWITCHESDiagramAPN-..-1, AST-..-1APN-..-1NAPN-..-2 APN-..-3, AST-..-3 APN-..-3N, AST-..-3N11N1131 3 513 5 N122N2242 4 62 4 6 N2E31

MiniaOther devicesTUMBLER POWER SWITCHESSwitch-disconnector, in particular for photovoltaic applicationswith high rated operating voltage up to 1000 V d.c.New terminal system.Easy connection and check of conductors.Possibility of connection up to 4 conductors in the terminal.Possibility of connection conductors of various crosssections.Easy installation by means of the new clip system on orfrom DIN rail.Switch-disconnector AVN-DC-63-4Rated operating Type Product Number Weight Packagecurrent code of modules [kg] [pcs]63 A AVN-DC-63-4 39752 4 0.672 1Auxiliary switch PS-LV-1100Accessories to AVN-DC-63-4.Installation: on the right side of the switch-disconnector.For signalling the position of contacts of the switchdisconnector.Rated operating voltage / current: AC-14 230 V / 6 A,DC-13 220 V / 1 A.Connection of conductors: 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 .Arrangement Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts code of modules [kg] [pcs]11 1) PS-LV-1100-K 38938 0.5 0.05 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsSpecificationsTypeAVN-DC-63-4Standards EN 60947-3, IEC/EN 60669-1Approval marksNumber of poles 4Rated operating current I e 63 ARated operating voltage in connection 4 poles in series U e 1000 V d.c.Min. voltage / current24 V / 300 mARated short-time withstand current DC-1000 V 4 pole I cw 760 ARated short-circuit making capacity DC-1000 V 4 pole I cm 500 AMechanical endurance10 000 operating cyclesElectrical endurance5 000 operating cyclesRated power losses per pole4.4 WRated impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50 μs) U imp > 5 kVUtilization categoryDC-21BMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35Degree of protectionIP20ConnectionConductor Cu – rigid (solid, stranded) 0.75 ÷ 35 mm 2Conductor Cu – flexible ( with a sleeve) 0.75 ÷ 25 mm 2Torque2.5 ÷ 3 NmTop or bottom connection yes 1)Operating conditionsAmbient temperature -25 ÷ + 45 °CWorking positionArbitrary1)It is necessary to observe the polarity marked on the deviceE32

Other devicesMiniaTUMBLER POWER SWITCHESDiagramAVN-DC-63-4-1+3-5+PS-LV-1100713 21+2-4+6-814 22DimensionsAVN-DC-63-4.PS-LV-110073.3903545904590726 4464709 6446468.5ConnectionBoth grounded and ungrounded systems1000 V d.c.Only ungrounded system1000 V d.c.LoadE33

MiniaOther devicesTUMBLER POWER SWITCHESConnection of conductors and interconnecting busbarsTerminal systemDesign: two levels of terminals with a fixed barrier between them.Connection: each level enables connection of both theconductor and interconnecting busbar (interconnecting busbarswith pins, type „S“ are shown on page E52). This is possible fromboth sides of the device. For connection range see the table below.Safety: the terminals are equipped with sliding plastic caps,which effectively increase protection against dangerouscontact with live parts.Level 1Barrier Level 2Interconnecting busbarsS1L-...Interconnecting busbarsS1L-...AdvantagesPossibility of connection: conductors of various cross sections up to 4 conductors in the terminal conductor of cross section up to 35 mm 2Mounting/demounting on/from „DIN“ railsNew system of latches enables: very quick mounting and demounting by hand, withoutany tool needed. withdrawal/replacement of the switch-disconnectorfrom a row of devices interconnected by theinterconnecting busbar up or down without interruptionof adjacent circuit or removal of the busbar.Connection rangeRigid conductor (solid, stranded)Conductor flexible with a sleeveNumber of connected conductors Level 1 Level 2 Level 1 Level 21× conductor1× ( ≤ 35 mm 2 ) 1× ( ≤ 25 mm 2 )1× ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) 1× ( ≤ 16 mm 2 )2× ( ≤ 10 mm 2 ) 2× ( ≤ 6 mm 2 )2× ( ≤ 6 mm 2 ) 2× ( ≤ 4 mm 2 )2× conductor1× ( ≤ 35 mm 2 ) 1× ( ≤ 10 mm 2 ) 1× ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) 1× ( ≤ 6 mm 2 )1× ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) 1× ( ≤ 16 mm 2 )1× ( ≤ 16 mm 2 ) 1× ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) 1× ( ≤ 16 mm 2 ) 1× ( ≤ 16 mm 2 )1× ( ≤ 35 mm 2 ) 2× ( ≤ 6 mm 2 ) 1× ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) 2× ( ≤ 2,5 mm 2 )3× conductor1× ( ≤ 16 mm 2 ) 2× ( ≤ 4 mm 2 )2× ( ≤ 10 mm 2 ) 1× ( ≤ 25 mm 2 ) 2× ( ≤ 6 mm 2 ) 1× ( ≤ 16 mm 2 )4× conductor 2× ( ≤ 10 mm 2 ) 2× ( ≤ 6 mm 2 ) 2× ( ≤ 6 mm 2 ) 2× ( ≤ 4 mm 2 )E34

Other devicesMiniaTUMBLER SWITCHESTumbler switchesFor switching of up to 4 electric circuits up to 25 A.They can be used in both building and industrialinstallations and in security technology.Modular design with fastening on the „U“ rail wide35 mm according to EN 60715.Arrangement Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]11 MSP-11 35865 1 0.084 122 MSP-22 35870 1 0.094 140 MSP-40 35874 1 0.094 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsTumbler switches with signallingFor electric circuit switching up to 25 A.They can be used in both building and industrialinstallations and in security technology.Modular design with fastening on the „U“ rail wide35 mm according to EN 60715.Installed indicator light of white colour 230 V a.c. can bereplaced by other one.Indicator light is connected between the contact andthe terminal (see the diagram).Colour Arrangement Type Product Number Weight Packageof indicator light of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]white11 MSP-11-SG-A230 37262 1 0.0940 120 MSP-20-SG-A230 37263 1 0.0940 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsAccessoriesIndicator lightsAccessories for tumbler switches with signalling as substitutefor the installed white indicator light.Indicator light power: 0.8 WIndicator light contains a LED.Indicator lights light permanently.Colour Rated Type Product Weight Packageof cover voltage code [kg] [pcs]red 230 V a.c. SC-A230 11102 0.003 1224 V a.c./d.c. SC-X024 11106 0.003 12green 230 V a.c. SE-A230 11103 0.003 1224 V a.c./d.c. SE-X024 11107 0.003 12yellow 230 V a.c. SD-A230 11104 0.003 1224 V a.c./d.c. SD-X024 11108 0.003 12white 230 V a.c. SG-A230 11101 0.003 1224 V a.c./d.c. SG-X024 11105 0.003 12E35

MiniaOther devicesTUMBLER SWITCHESSpecificationsType MSP-.. MSP-..-SG-A230Standards EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1Approval marksContactsArrangement of contacts 1) 11, 22, 40 11, 20Rated operating voltage U e230/400 V a.c., 220 V d.c. 230/400 V a.c., 220 V d.c.Rated thermal current I th25 A 25 ARated operating current I eAC-12 25 A 25 AAC-15 6 A 6 ADC-12 1 A 1 AMechanical endurance 30 000 operating cycles 30 000 operating cyclesConnection 0.75 ÷ 6 mm 2 , 2x(0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm 2 0.75 ÷ 6 mm 2 , 2x(0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm 2Torque 0.8 Nm 0.8 NmLight signallingPower output - 0.8 WRated operating voltage U e- 24 V a.c./d.c., 230 V a.c.Colour of cover - white, red, green, yellow 2)Light - permanentSource - LEDDispersion - by raster in front of LEDConnection - 0.75 ÷ 6 mm 2 , 2x(0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm 2Torque - 0.8 NmOther dataMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35 TH 35Degree of protection IP20 IP20Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +55 °C -25 ÷ +55 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts.2)Tumbler switch with signalling contains a white indicator light; other colour can be bought as accessories.DimensionsMSP-..5173894565.586264817.5 5.5 244460 10DiagramMSP-11 MSP-22MSP-40MSP-11-SG-A230 MSP-20-SG-A23013135 71 3 5 71 51524246 82 4 6 82 4 6(+)2(+)4 6E36

Other devicesMiniaTUMBLER SWITCHESReplacement of indicator lightInstalled indicator lights of white colour can be replaced by other ones (see accessories).Indicator light demounting:1) Insert demounting tool (e.g. paper-clip) in the demounting hole and push to ensure thatthe indicator light jumps up a little.2) Remove the indicator light from the tumbler switch.Installation of indicator light:3) Insert and press the indicator light in the hole in the tumbler switch.demounting holedemounting tool321Connection examplesThe indicator light can be connected in two ways:– to indicate load connection– to indicate voltage presence and to enable easy finding of the switchduring the night-timeL1L2Nloadload1515246MSP-20-SG-A230246MSP-20-SG-A230loadloadL1NL2Indicator light indicates load connectionIndicator light indicates presence of voltageE37

MiniaOther devicesROCKER-TYPE SWITCHES AND CHANGE-OVER SWITCHESRocker-type switches and change-over switchesFor electric circuit switching up to 16 A.Use in both building and industrial installations andsecurity technology.Switches with backlighting (glow lamp).Change-over switches with interposition.Change-over switches with interposition withoutarresting.Modular design with fastening on the „U“ rail wide35 mm according to EN 60715.Design Arrangement Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]Switch 10 MSK-10 35678 1 0.065 1Switch with red backlight 10 MSK-10-SC 35679 1 0.065 1Switch with green backlight 10 MSK-10-SE 35680 1 0.065 1Change-over switch 001 MSK-001-1X2 35682 1 0.065 1Change-over switch withintermediate position001 MSK-001-102 35681 1 0.065 1Change-over switch with intermediateposition without arrestment001 MSK-001-1T2 35683 1 0.065 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contactsSpecificationsTypeMSK-10MSK-10-..MSK-001-1X2MSK-001-102MSK-001-1T2Standards EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1EN 60669-1 EN 60669-1 EN 60669-1EN 60073 EN 60073 EN 60073EN 61058-1 EN 61058-1 EN 61058-1Approval marksContactsArrangement of contacts 1) 10 001 001Rated operating voltage U e250 V a.c., 12 V d.c. 250 V a.c., 12 V d.c. 250 V a.c., 12 V d.c.Min. switched power 300 mW 300 mW 300 mWMin. voltage U min12 V 12 V 12 VRated thermal current I th16 A 10 A 6 ARated operating current I eAC-1 16 A 10 A 6 AAC-15 10 A 6 A 4 AAC-5a - cosφ=0,5 6 A 4 A 3 AAC-5a - cosφ=0,9 2 A 1.1 A 0.7 AAC-5b 4.4 A 2.6 A 1.7 ADC-1 10 A 10 A 10 AElectrical endurance50 000 operating cycles 50 000 operating cycles 50 000 operating cyclesMechanical endurance 100 000 op. cycles 100 000 op. cycles 50 000 operating cyclesConnection 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm 0.5 NmOther dataMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20Ambient temperature -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contactsE38

Other devicesMiniaROCKER-TYPE SWITCHES AND CHANGE-OVER SWITCHESDimensionsMSK-..111884565.586417.524.5244462 6.5DiagramMSK-10 MSK-10-.. MSK-001-1X2 MSK-001-102 MSK-001-1T21 212 1IIIII224 1 o1o24 4III a4E39

MiniaOther devicesPUSH-BUTTON SWITCHESPush-button switchesThey can be used in both building and industrialinstallations and in security technology.For electric circuit switching up to 25 A.The circuit is switched on permanently by upper greenpush-button, and switched off by lower red push-button.Already installed push-button can be replaced.Modular design with fastening on the „U“ rail wide35 mm according to EN 60715.Arrangement Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]22 MST-22 35555 1 0.12 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsAccessoriesPush-buttonsThey are intended for replacement of the alreadyinstalled push-buttons.Colour Type Product Weight Packagecode [kg] [pcs]red TC 8930 0.002 12green TE 8931 0.002 12black TB 8932 0.002 12white TG 8934 0.002 12SpecificationsTypeMST-22Standards EN 60947-5-1Approval marksContactsArrangement of contacts 1) 22Rated operating voltage U e230/400 V a.c., 220 V d.c.Rated thermal current I th25 ARated operating current I eAC-12 25 AAC-15 6 ADC-12 1 AMechanical endurance30 000 operating cyclesConnection 0.75 ÷ 6 mm 2 , 2x(0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm 2Torque0.8 NmPush-buttonsColour black, red, green, white 2)Other dataMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35Degree of protectionIP20Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +55 °CWorking positionArbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2)Push-button switch contains red and green push-button; the other colours can be bought as accessoriesE40

Other devicesMiniaPUSH-BUTTON SWITCHESDimensionsMST-225173894565.586264817.5 5.5 244462 7DiagramMST-221357blockingmechanism2468Replacement of push-buttonInstalled push-button can be replaced by other one (see accessories).Push-button demounting:1) Insert demounting tool (e.g. paper-clip) in the demounting hole to ensure that the pushbuttonjumps up a little.2) Remove push-button from push-button switch.Installation of a push-button:3) Insert and press the push-button in the hole in the push-button switch.For push-button, under which there is a spring, it is first necessary to cut thelug, and only after it insert it in the hole in the push-button switch and press it.22demounting tooldemounting hole 3311E41

MiniaOther devicesCONTROL PUSH-BUTTONSControl push-buttonsThey can be used in both building and industrialinstallations and in security technology.For switching of electric circuits up to 25 A.Already installed push-button can be replaced.Modular design with fastening on the „U“ rail wide35 mm according to EN 60715.Colour Arrangement Type Product Number Weight Packageof push-button of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]black 01 MTX-01-TB 37265 1 0.072 110 MTX-10-TB 37268 1 0.072 122 MTX-22-TB 37271 1 0.097 1red 01 MTX-01-TC 37266 1 0.072 110 MTX-10-TC 37269 1 0.072 122 MTX-22-TC 37272 1 0.097 1green 01 MTX-01-TE 37267 1 0.072 110 MTX-10-TE 37270 1 0.072 122 MTX-22-TE 37273 1 0.097 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsControl push-buttons with signallingThey can be used in both building and industrialinstallations and in security technology.For switching of electric circuits up to 25 A.The installed push-button of black colour and indicatorlights of white colour 230 V a.c. can be replaced.Modular design with fastening on the „U“ rail wide35 mm according to EN 60715.Arrangement Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]11 MTX-11-TB-SG-A230 37274 1 0.107 120 MTX-20-TB-SG-A230 37275 1 0.107 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsDouble control push-buttonsThey can be used in both building and industrialinstallations and in security technology.For switching two independent electric circuits up to 25 A.The installed push-button black colour can be replaced.Modular design with fastening on the „U“ rail wide35 mm according to EN 60715.Arrangement Type Product Number Weight Packageof contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]2x 11 MT2-11-TB 37264 1 0.0970 11)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contactsE42

Other devicesMiniaCONTROL PUSH-BUTTONSAccessoriesPush-buttonsThey are intended for replacement of the alreadyinstalled push-buttons.Colour Type Product Weight Packagecode [kg] [pcs]red TC 8930 0.002 12green TE 8931 0.002 12black TB 8932 0.002 12white TG 8934 0.002 12Indicator lightsIndicator light power: 0.8 WIndicator light contains a LED.Indicator lights light permanently.Colour Rated Type Product Weight Packageof cover voltage code [kg] [pcs]red 230 V a.c. SC-A230 11102 0.003 1224 V a.c./d.c. SC-X024 11106 0.003 12green 230 V a.c. SE-A230 11103 0.003 1224 V a.c./d.c. SE-X024 11107 0.003 12yellow 230 V a.c. SD-A230 11104 0.003 1224 V a.c./d.c. SD-X024 11108 0.003 12white 230 V a.c. SG-A230 11101 0.003 1224 V a.c./d.c. SG-X024 11105 0.003 12SpecificationsType MTX-.. MTX-..-TB-SG-230 MT2-11-TBStandards EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1Approval marksContactsArrangement of contacts 1) 01, 10, 22 11, 20 2x 11Rated operating voltage U e230/400 V a.c., 220 V d.c. 230/400 V a.c., 220 V d.c. 230/400 V a.c., 220 V d.c.Rated thermal current I th25 A 25 A 25 ARated operating current I eAC-12 25 A 25 A 25 AAC-15 6 A 6 A 6 ADC-12 1 A 1 A 1 AMechanical endurance 30 000 operating cycles 30 000 operating cycles 30 000 operating cyclesConnection 0.75 ÷ 6 mm 2 , 2x(0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm 2 0.75 ÷ 6 mm 2 , 2x(0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm 2 0.75 ÷ 6 mm 2 , 2x(0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm 2Torque 0.8 Nm 0.8 Nm 0.8 NmPush-buttonsColour black, red, green, white 2) black, red, green, white 2) black, red, green, white 2)Light signallingPower output - 0.8 W -Rated operating voltage U e- 24 V a.c./d.c., 230 V a.c. -Colour of cover - white, red, green, yellow 2) -Light - permanent -Source - LED -Dispersion - by raster in front of LED -Connection - 0.75 ÷ 6 mm 2 , 2x(0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm 2 -Torque - 0.8 Nm -Other dataMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +55 °C -25 ÷ +55 °C -25 ÷ +55 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1)Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2)For control push-buttons it is possible to replace push-button and indicator lights additionally (see accessories)E43

MiniaOther devicesCONTROL PUSH-BUTTONSDimensionsMTX-..MT2-..5 7 571 3 13894565.586894565.5862 4 246 8 6817.5 5.5 24 17.55.5 2444 4462 7 627DiagramMTX-10-..MTX-01-..MTX-22-..MTX-11-TB-SG-A230MTX-20-TB-SG-A230MT2-11-TB1113 5 7151515 3 72224 6 824 6(+)24 6(+)2 6 4 8Replacement of push-button and indicator light at MTX-..Installed push-button or indicator light can be replaced by other one (see accessories).Replacement of push-buttons at MT2-..Installed push-button can be replaced by other one (see accessories).Push-button or indicator light demounting:1) Insert demounting tool (e.g. paper-clip) in the demounting hole to ensure that thepush-button or indicator light jumps up a little.2) Remove push-button or the indicator light from control push-button.Installation of a push-button or indicator light:3) Insert and press the push-button or the indicator light in the hole in the control push-button.Push-button demounting:1) Insert demounting tool (e.g. paper-clip) in the demounting hole to ensure that thepush-button jumps up a little.2 )Remove push-button from control push-button.Installation of a push-button:3) Insert and press the push-button in the hole in the control push-button.demounting hole22demounting tooldemounting hole22demounting tool11113333E44

Other devicesMiniaSIGNAL LIGHTSSignal lightsFor signalling operating states, emergency lighting etc.They can be used in both building and industrialinstallations and in security technology.Modular design with fastening on the „U“ rail wide35 mm according to EN 60715.Empty modules of signal lights enable arbitrary design.Number of Colour of Rated Type Product Number Weight Packageindicator lights indicator light voltage code of modules [kg] [pcs]red230 V a.c. MKA-SC-A230 37276 1 0.08 124 V a.c./d.c. MKA-SC-X024 37277 1 0.08 11230 V a.c. MKA-SE-A230 37278 1 0.08 1green24 V a.c./d.c. MKA-SE-X024 37279 1 0.08 1white 230 V a.c. MKA-SG-A230 37280 1 0.08 12 red + green 230 V a.c. MKA-SC-SE-A230 37281 1 0.09 1Empty modules of signal lightsNumber of holes Type Product Number Weight Packagefor indicator lights code of modules [kg] [pcs]1 MKA-1 35558 1 0.07 12 MKA-2 35559 1 0.07 1AccessoriesIndicator lightsIndicator light power: 0.8 W.Indicator light contains a LED.Indicator lights light permanently.Colour Rated Type Product Weight Packagevoltage code [kg] [pcs]red 230 V a.c. SC-A230 11102 0.003 1224 V a.c./d.c. SC-X024 11106 0.003 12green 230 V a.c. SE-A230 11103 0.003 1224 V a.c./d.c. SE-X024 11107 0.003 12yellow 230 V a.c. SD-A230 11104 0.003 1224 V a.c./d.c. SD-X024 11108 0.003 12white 230 V a.c. SG-A230 11101 0.003 1224 V a.c./d.c. SG-X024 11105 0.003 12SpecificationsTypeMKA-..Standards EN 60947-5-1Approval marksLight signallingPower output0.8 WRated operating voltage U e24 V a.c./d.c., 230 V a.c.Colour of indicator lightred, green, yellow, whiteLightpermanentSourceLEDDispersionby raster in front of LEDConnection 0.75 ÷ 6 mm 2 , 2x(0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm 2Torque0.8 NmOther dataMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35Degree of protectionIP20Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +55 °CWorking positionarbitraryE45

MiniaOther devicesSIGNAL LIGHTSDimensionsMKA-..13894565.5862 417.5 5.5 244462DiagramMKA-SC-..MKA-SE-..MKA-SG-..MKA-SC-SE-A230(+)13MKA-1connectors for indicatorlights inputMKA-2(+)132 4 24(+) (+)2 4 2 4(+)(+)Replacement of indicator lightsInstalled indicator lights can be replaced by other ones (see accessories).Indicator light demounting:1) Insert demounting tool (e.g. paper-clip) in the demounting hole and push to ensure thatthe indicator light jumps up a little.2) Remove the indicator light from the signal light.Installation of indicator light:3) Insert and press the indicator light in the hole in the signal light.demounting tooldemounting hole 332211E46

Other devicesMiniaELECTRIC BELLS AND BUZZERSFor acoustic signalling of device status and the like.Mechanical design.Without sparking.Minimum service life 300 h.They are not intended for continuous operation(continuous duty max. 1 hour).There are intended for installation in switchboards.Electric bellsRated operating Type Product Number Weight Packagevoltage U ecode of modules [kg] [pcs]8 ÷ 12 V a.c. UMZ-A012 35691 1 0.075 1230 V a.c. UMZ-A230 35692 1 0.075 1Electric buzzers Single-tone design.Rated operating Type Product Number Weight Packagevoltage U ecode of modules [kg] [pcs]8 ÷ 12 V a.c. UMB-A012 35689 1 0.075 1230 V a.c. UMB-A230 35690 1 0.075 1SpecificationsTypeApproval marksUMZ-.., UMB-..Power supplyRated operating voltage U e8 ÷ 12 V a.c., 230 V a.c.Input power4.6 VARated frequency f n40 ÷ 60 HzConnectionCross-section 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque0.5 NmConductor L and Narbitrarily to terminalsOther dataLoudness from a distance 0.5 m90 dB (UMZ-..), 80 dB (UMB-..)Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35Degree of protectionIP20Ambient temperature -20 ÷ +55 °CWorking positionarbitraryDimensionsUMZ-.., UMB-..DiagramUMZUMB884565.58617.5 4.5244462E47

MiniaOther devicesPOWER SUPPLIESSafety bell transformerFor safe isolation and power supply of circuits of the powerinput up to 4 VA with safe low voltage 6, 8, 12 V a.c.For power supply of door bells, gongs, telephones,auxiliary circuits of contactors, lighting, relays etc.The transformer is unconditionally short-circuit-proof– withstands continuous short-circuit even without abackup protection device, and continues to perform all itsfunctions as soon as the overload or short-circuit ceases.Degree of protection IP30.Rated primary Rated secondary Type Product Number Weight Packagevoltage U PRIvoltage U SECcode of modules [kg] [pcs]230 V a.c. 6, 8, 12 V a.c. UTZ-4-A 35688 3 0.475 1Safety power supplyFor safe isolation and power supply of circuits of the powerinput up to 10 VA with safe low voltage 12, 24 V a.c./d.c.For power supply of door bells, gongs, telephones, dooropeners, transducers, auxiliary circuits of contactors,lighting, relays etc.On the secondary side it is equipped with a PTCthermistor (PTC), which limits the overcurrent in thesecondary winding at overload.Current limitation is signalled by two-colour LED, whichgoes red.Presence of U PRIis signalled by two-colour LED goinggreen.Protection of outputs by blocking capacitors againstinterference.Equipped with voltage stabilizers.Rated primary Rated secondary Type Product Number Weight Packagevoltage U PRIvoltage U SECcode of modules [kg] [pcs]230 V a.c.12 V a.c. / d.c. UNZ-10T-X012 35685 3 0.36 124 V a.c. / d.c. UNZ-10T-X024 35686 3 0.36 1Controlled safety power supplyFor safe isolation and power supply of circuits of thepower input up to 10 VA with safe low voltage 24 V a.c.and regulated voltage 1.2 ÷ 24 V d.c.For power supply of door bells, gongs, telephones, dooropeners, transducers, auxiliary circuits of contactors,lighting, relays etc.On the secondary side it is equipped with a PTCthermistor (PTC), which limits the overcurrent in thesecondary winding at overload.Current limitation is signalled by two-colour LED, whichgoes red.Presence of U PRIis signalled by two-colour LED goinggreen.Protection of outputs by blocking capacitors againstinterference.Equipped with voltage stabilizers.Rated primary Rated secondary Type Product Number Weight Packagevoltage U PRIvoltage U SECcode of modules [kg] [pcs]230 V a.c. 24 V a.c., 1.2 ÷ 24 V d.c. UNZR-10T-X024 35687 3 0.36 1E48

Other devicesMiniaPOWER SUPPLIESSpecificationsType UTZ-4-A UNZ-10T-.. UNZR-10T-X024Standards EN 60742 EN 60742 EN 60742Approval marksPower output 4 VA 10 VA 1) 10 VA 1)Rated primary voltage U PRI230 V a.c. 230 V a.c. 230 V a.c.Rated secondary voltage AC 2) / current U SEC/ I SEC6 V a.c. / 0.33 A 12 V a.c. / 0.8 A 24 V a.c. / 0.36 A8 V a.c. / 0.33 A 24 V a.c. / 0.36 A12 V a.c. / 0.33 ARated secondary voltage DC 2) / current U SEC/ I SEC- 12 V d.c. / 0.4 A 1.2 ÷ 24 V d.c. / 0.08 ÷ 0.3 A24 V d.c. / 0.2 ARated frequency f n50 Hz 50 Hz 50 HzProtection class II II IILight indication presence U PRI- green LED green LEDLight indication current limitation - red LED red LEDConnectionCross-section 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm 2Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm 0.5 NmOther dataMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - typ TH 35 TH 35 TH 35Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20Ambient temperature -30 ÷ +35 °C -10 ÷ +35 °C -10 ÷ +35 °CWorking position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1)At simultaneous loading of both AC and DC outputs the sum of both power inputs must not exceed 8 VA2)The transformers have a higher voltage at off-load connection. The shown voltages are those at rated load.DiagramUTZ-4-A UNZ-10T-.. UNZR-10T-X024884565.58652.5 52.5 52.55.3244462 3DimensionsUTZ-4-A UNZ-10T-.. UNZR-10T-X02436V12V4 58V64 5 U SEC6 4 5 U 6SEC+AC+AC1 2230VUSECDC-3U PRI1 2UREGDC-3 1U PRI2E49

MiniaOther devicesPOWER SUPPLIESCharacteristicsU sec [V]20181614121086420Load characteristic UTZ-4-AU sec = 8 VU sec = 6 VU sec = 12 V0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400I sec [mA]U sec [V]302826242220181614121086420Load characteristic UNZ-10T-.., UNZR-10T-X024 - AC outletAt ambient temperature +23 °CUNZR-10T-X024 - 24 V a.c.UNZ-10T-X024 - 24 V a.c.UNZ-10T-X012 - 12 V a.c.0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600I sec [mA]U sec [V]26242220181614121086420Load characteristic UNZ-10T-.., UNZR-10T-X024 - DC outletAt ambient temperature +23 °CUNZR-10T-X024 - 1,2-24 V d.c.UNZ-10T-X024 - 24 V d.c.UNZ-10T-X012 - 12 V d.c.0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800I maxNotice: at simultaneous loading of both AC and DC outputs the sum of both power inputs must not exceed 8 VA!At overload the red indicator light LIM on the front panel of the device goes on. Output current will drop to approx. 100 mA.It is necessary to disconnect the load at the output to renew the function.I sec [mA]E50

Other devicesMiniaSOCKET OUTLETSModular design with fastening on the „U“ rail wide35 mm according to EN 60715.ZSE-.. according to IEC 60884-1 – a connector of type E;ensures contact by means of the connector with tworound plug contacts and central earthing pin. Thistype is sometimes referred to as French one.ZSF-.. according to DIN 49440 - a connector of type F(Schuko), sometimes referred to as German one. Itdiffers in the design of the earthing contact, whichconsists of two contact metal strips placed on theconnector perimeter.Socket outletsType Use Connection Product Number Weight Packagecode of modules [kg] [pcs]ZSE-03 IEC 60884-1 bottom 37290 2.5 0.15 1ZSE-06 IEC 60884-1 bottom and top 37291 2.5 0.15 1ZSF-03 DIN (“SCHUKO”) bottom 37292 2.5 0.15 1ZSF-06 DIN (“SCHUKO”) bottom and top 37293 2.5 0.15 1SpecificationsTypeZSE-.., ZSF-..Standards IEC 60884-1, DIN 49440Approval marksRated operating voltage/current U e/I n230 V a.c./16 AMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +55 °CDegree of protectionIP20Connection 1 ÷ 16 mm 2 , 2x (1 ÷ 4) mm 2DimensionsZSE-..DiagramZSE-.., ZSF-..4590444.54160ZSF-..4590444.5 4162.5E51

MiniaOther devicesINTERCONNECTING BUSBARSInterconnecting busbarsFor interconnection of 1 to 4-pole circuit breakers,tumbler switches, residual current circuit breakers,lightning current arresters and surge voltage arresters.For interconnection of a series of single-phase or threephasecircuit breakers and tumbler switches, onwhich an auxiliary switch is mounted.Busbars G1L-.., G2L-.., G3L-.., G4L-.. with forks into thehead part of the terminal.Busbars S1L-.., S2L-.., S3L-.., S4L-.. with pins into theclamp part of the terminal.After shortening of busbars to particular length it isnecessary to remove the burrs of copper in order toprevent short-circuit etc. Where possible use end coversEKC to cover the ends of interconnecting busbars.Busbar Number Spacing of Number Cross-section Type Product End Weight Packageshape of poles outlets [mm] of outlets [mm 2 ] code cap [kg] [pcs]210 G1L-30-10 37352 - 1) 0.008 5016 G1L-30-16 37356 - 1) 0.012 503 16 G1L-50-16-L 39789 EKC-1 0.019 504 16 G1L-65-16-L 39790 EKC-1 0.024 5010 G1L-106-10 37353 -60.023 501 17.816 G1L-106-16 37357 - 1) 0.037 501210 G1L-210-10 37354 - 1) 0.045 5016 G1L-210-16 37358 - 1) 0.073 5012 G1L-1000-12 37355 EKC-1 0.227 5057 16 G1L-1000-16-L 39788 EKC-1 0.312 5020 G1L-1000-20 37359 - 0.367 5027 2) 37 24 G1L-27-1000-24 37360 - 0.307 502 17.8 28 x 216 G2L-1000-16 37361 EKC-2+3 0.477 2016 G2L-1000-16-DC 39080 EKC-2+3 0.467 202 x 310 G3L-106-10 37362 - 1) 0.046 2516 G3L-106-16 37366 - 1) 0.074 2510 G3L-160-10 37363 -3 x 30.069 2516 G3L-160-16 37367 -17.80.111 25310 G3L-210-10 37364 -4 x 30.091 2516 G3L-210-16 37368 - 1) 0.147 2519 x 310 G3L-1000-10C 37365 EKC-3 0.457 2016 G3L-1000-16C 37369 EKC-2+3 0.737 202 x 17.8 + 1 x 26.8 16 x 3 16 G3L+9-1000-16 37370 EKC-2+3 0.614 203+N 17.8 27 x 2 16 G3L+N-1000-16 37372 EKC-4 0.983 154 17.8 14 x 4 16 G4L-1000-16 37371 EKC-4 0.983 15- 1)10 S1L-210-10 38475 0.045 5012- 1)16 S1L-210-16 37374 0.047 5017.810 S1L-1000-10 37373 EKC-1 0.204 5015716 S1L-1000-16 37375 EKC-1 0.302 502737 16 S1L-27-1000-16 37376 EKC-1 0.201 5037 25 S1L-27-1000-25 37377 - 0.315 30- 1)10 S2L-210-10 38476 0.067 206 x 2- 1)2 17.816 S2L-210-16 38477 0.11 2028 x 2 16 S2L-1000-16 37378 EKC-2+3 0.477 202+N 1 x 17.8 + 1 x 26.8 22 x 2 16 S2L+N+9-1000-16 39849 EKC-2+3 0.71 202 x 310 S3L-106-10 38478- 1)0.055 2516 S3L-106-16 38479- 1)0.08 25- 1)10 S3L-160-10 38480 0.085 253 x 3- 1)16 S3L-160-16 38481 0.115 2517.8- 1)10 S3L-210-10 38482 0.11 254 x 3- 1)316 S3L-210-16 38483 0.15 2519 x 310 S3L-1000-10 38484 EKC-3 0.505 2016 S3L-1000-16 37379 EKC-2+3 0.737 202x 17.8 + 1x 26.8 16 x 3 16 S3L+9-1000-16 38485 - 0.72 2027 12 x 316 S3L-27-1000-16 37380 EKC-2+3 0.537 2025 S3L-27-1000-25 37381 EKC-3-36 0.995 103+N 17.8 27 x 2 16 S3L+N-1000-16 38487 EKC-4 1.205 151 x 17.8 + 1 x 26.8 22 x 2 16 S3L+N+9-1000-16 39616 EKC-4 0.983 15417.8 14 x 4 16 S4L-1000-16 38486 EKC-4 1.205 1527 9 x 4 25 S4L-27-1000-25 37382 EKC-3-36 1.327 51)The busbar is manufactured as enclosed one2)For single-pole devices with auxiliary switchforkpinE52

Other devicesMiniaINTERCONNECTING BUSBARSAccessoriesEnd capsFor covering the ends of connecting busbars.Type Product Description Weight Packagecode [kg] [pcs]EKC-1 37383 for 1-pole rails cross-section 10, 12, 16 mm 2 0.0005 10EKC-2+3 37384 for 2-pole rails and for 3-pole rails cross-section 16 mm 2 0.001 10EKC-3 37385 for 3-pole rails cross-section 10 mm 2 0.001 10EKC-3-36 37386 for 3-pole rails and for 4-pole rails cross-section 25 mm 2 0.002 10EKC-4 37387 for 4-pole rails cross-section 16 mm 2 0.002 10Power supply unitIt enables power supply of interconnecting busbarsby conductors of cross section up to 35 mm 2 .The blocks can be assembled in series to create a multipoleconnection unit.Degree of protection IP20.Type Product Weight Packagecode [kg] [pcs]ES-35-GS 37388 0.035 10SpecificationsType G1L-.., S1L-..,G2L-1000-16-DC G2L-..,G3L-..,G4L-..,S2L-..,S3L-..,S4L-..Rated operating voltage U e690 V a.c. / 1000 V d.c. 415 V a.c.Loading current 63 ÷ 180 A 63 ÷ 180 ACross-section 10 ÷ 25 mm 2 10 ÷ 25 mm 2Short-circuit strength with backup fuse 250 A gG 50 kA 50 kAOvervoltage category III IIIRated impulse withstand voltage 8 kV 8 kVDegree of protection IP20 IP20Busbar material E-Cu-F25 E-Cu-F25Insulation material PC/ABS-Blend PC/ABS-BlendMax. loading current per phaseRail cross-section10 mm 2 12 mm 2 16 mm 2 20 mm 2 24 mm 2 25 mm 2Power supply from the rail edge 63 A 65 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 100 APower supply from the rail centre 1) 100 A 110 A 130 A 150 A 170 A 180 A1)Max. loading current in one direction must not be higher than max. loading current at power supply from the rail edgeDiagramG1L-.., S1L-..G2L-.., S2L-..S2L+N-..G3L-.., S3L-..G4L-.., S4L-..G3L+N-.., S3L+N-..L1L1L2(N)L1 N L2 NL1 L2 L3L1 L2 L3 NL1 N L2 N L3 NE53

215MiniaOther devicesINTERCONNECTING BUSBARSDimensionsG1L-30-10, G1L-106-10, G1L-210-10G1L-30-16, G1L-106-16, G1L-210-1617.8 611117.8 6111.566662829.514G1L-1000-12996.8G1L-1000-20996.857x 117.86 121.557 x 117.8 6 126514661615G1L-50-16-LG1L-65-16-L35.653.417.861.517.86121.566191955G1L-27-1000-2437 x 197227 6 12 2G2L-1000-1628 x 217.8 6 119791.56156529141715G3L-106-10, G3L-160-10, G3L-210-10G3L-106-16, G3L-160-16, G3L-210-1617.86 11117.86 111.513261630 (G1L-30-10)430 (G1L-30-16)4106 (G1L-106-10)106 (G1L-106-16)210 (G1L-210-10)210 (G1L-210-16)G1L-1000-16-L996.857 x 117.86121.56195141414663017106 (G3L-106-10)160 (G3L-160-10)210 (G3L-210-10)15106 (G3L-106-16)160 (G3L-160-16)210 (G3L-210-16)15G3L-1000-10CG3L-1000-16C996.8996.819 x 317.86 11119 x 317.86 111.5613.562630171515G3L+9-1000-1616 x 3971.617.8 26.8 11 61.5G3L+N-1000-16, G4L-1000-1697917.814 x 46 111.566303017171520.5ES-35-GS17.7 26G2L-1000-16-DC97928 x 217.8 6 111.5633291719.215E54

17292181729Other devicesMiniaINTERCONNECTING BUSBARSDimensionsS1L-210-10, (S1L-210-16)S1L-1000-1017.841(1.5)996.828.557 x 117.8 4 116514216414S1L-1000-16996.8S1L-27-1000-1697257 x 117.8 41.537 x 12741.5515515S1L-27-1000-2514S2L-210-10, S2L-210-161597217.841.537 x 1276.528.55172021015S2L-1000-16S2L+N+9-1000-16979970.128 x 217.841.523 x 217.8 26.8 41.5292917171515S3L-106-10, S3L-106-10, S3L210-10S3L-106-16, S3L-106-16, S3L210-1617.84117.841.514162527106 (S3L-106-10)15106 (S3L-106-16)17160 (S3L-160-10)160 (S3L-160-16)212 (S3L-210-10)212 (S3L-210-16)S3L-1000-16996.8S3L-1000-10996.819 x 317.841.519 x 317.84129251712S3L-27-1000-1693815S3L+9-1000-16970.11512 x 326.841.53x 1617.8 26.8 41.5S3L+N-1000-1615S3L+N+9-1000-16154x 1417.849791.522 x 217.8 26.8 41.530173017S3L-27-1000-2594520.5S4L-27-1000-2594520.53x 12276.524x 927624342272718.324.6E55

MiniaOther devicesINTERCONNECTING BUSBARSExamples of use of interconnecting busbarsINTERCONNECTING BUSBARS WITH FORKS1-pole interconnecting busbarsFor interconnection of 1-pole devices in the head partof the terminal.Use: LPE, LPN, SJB, SVL, SVM, APN.1-pole interconnecting busbars with spacing 27 mmFor interconnection of 1-pole devices with auxiliary switchin the head part of the terminal.Use: LPE, LPN, APN.2-pole interconnecting busbarsFor interconnection of 2-pole devices in the head partof the terminal.Use: LPE, LPN, APN, OFE, OFI.3-pole interconnecting busbarsFor interconnection of 3-pole devices in the head partof the terminal.Use: LPE, LPN, SJB, SVL, SVM, APN.3-pole interconnecting busbars with a gap on theauxiliary switchFor interconnection of 3-pole devices with auxiliary switchin the head part of the terminal.Use: LPE, LPN, APN.4-pole interconnecting busbarsFor interconnection of 4-pole devices in the head partof the terminal.Use: LPE, LPN, OFI, OFE, APN.INTERCONNECTING BUSBARS WIHT PINS1-pole interconnecting busbarsFor interconnection of 1-pole devices in clamp partof the terminal.Use: LPE, LPN, SJB, SVL, SVM, APN.1-pole interconnecting busbars with spacing 27 mmFor interconnection of 1-pole circuit breakers LST in clamppart of the terminal or for interconnection of 1-pole deviceswith auxiliary switch in clamp part of the terminal.Use: LPE, LPN, LST, APN, AST.2-pole interconnecting busbarsFor interconnection of 2-pole devices in clamp partof the terminal.Use: LPE, LPN, OLE, OLI, OFE, OFI, APN.3-pole interconnecting busbarsFor interconnection of 3-pole devices in clamp partof the terminal.Use: LPE, LPN, APN.3-pole interconnecting busbars with spacing 27 mmFor interconnection of 3-pole circuit breakers LST in clamppart of the terminal or for interconnection of 1-pole deviceswith auxiliary switch in clamp part of the terminal.Use: LPE, LPN, LST, APN, AST.4-pole interconnecting busbars with spacing 27 mmFor interconnection of 4-pole circuit breakers LST in clamppart of the terminal.Use: LST, AST.E56

Other devicesMiniaTERMINAL EXTENSIONSTerminal extension up to 25 mm 2 with forkFor connection of another conductor to the head partof the terminal of a circuit breaker, residual currentcircuit breaker, tumbler power switch etc.For example, the best solution is to connect a conductorfor power supply of an electric meter in the clamppart of the circuit breaker terminal, and anotherconductor through the connecting adapter AS-25-Gin the head part of the circuit breaker terminal.Conductor cross-section: 6 ÷ 25 mm 2 .Type Product Accessories Weight Packagecode to [kg] [pcs]AS-25-G 37390 LPE, LPN, OFE, OFI, SJB, SJBC, SVBC, SVC, SVM, APN 0.013 30Terminal extension up to 25 mm 2 with pinFor connection of conductors to the clamp part of theterminal.Conductor cross-section: 6 ÷ 25 mm 2 .Type Product Accessories Weight Packagecode to [kg] [pcs]AS-25-S 37389 OFI-..-2-...., OFE-..-2-...., RLP 0.014 30Terminal extension up to 50 mm 2For connection of Al or Cu conductors. Cross-section of Cu conductors: 2.5 ÷ 50 mm 2 .Cross-section of Al conductors: 2.5 ÷ 50 mm 2 .Type Product Accessories Weight Packagecode to [kg] [pcs]AS-50-S-AL01 38749 LPE, LPN, LST, OLE, OLI, OFE, OFI, SJB, SJBC, SVBC, SVC, SVM, APN, AST 0.018 1Terminal extensions up to 95 mm 2For connection of Cu/Al conductors of cross section35 ÷ 95 mm 2 .With direct or outbowed terminal.Type Product Accessories Weight Packagecode to [kg] [pcs]CS-FH000-3NP95 13740straight terminal – the package containsthe set of 3 piecesLST, SJBplus, SJB-NPE, AST 0.176 1CS-FH000-1NP95 14378 straight terminal LST, SJBplus, SJB-NPE, AST 0.06 1CS-FH000-3NV95 13742outbowed terminal – the packagecontains the set of 3 piecesLST, SJBplus, SJB-NPE, AST 0.184 1Terminal extension 3x10 mm 2For connection of 3 conductors/device pole of crosssection 10 mm 2 .Type Product Accessories Weight Packagecode to [kg] [pcs]N3x10-FH000 14127 LST, OLE, OLI, SJB, SJBC, SVBC, SVM, AST 0.035 1E57

MiniaOther devicesTERMINAL EXTENSIONSDimensionsAS-25-GAS-25-SAS-50-AL01N3x10-FH00015 1715 1717 23.5 824.5 17.520.520.524.527611.52.542.5137 77 6CS-FH000-...NP9523 32.5CS-FH000-3NV9523 32.5383810 4 104Examples of use of connecting adapters and blocksAS-25-GFor connection of another conductor of cross sectionup to 25 mm 2 to the head part of the terminal.Use: LPE, LPN, OFE, OFI, SJB, SJBC, SVBC, SVC, SVM, APN.AS-25-SFor connection of conductors of cross sectionup to 25 mm 2 to the clamp part of the terminal.Use: OFI-..-2-.., OFE-..-2-.., RLP.AS-50-S-AL01For connection of Cu/Al conductors of cross sectionup to 50 mm 2 to the clamp part of the terminal.Use: LPE, LPN, LST, OLE, OLI, OFE, OFI, SJB, SJBC, SVBC, SVC,SVM, APN, AST.CS-FH000-3NP95, CS-FH000-1NP95, CS-FH000-3NV95For connection of Cu/Al conductors of cross sectionup to 95 mm 2 to the clamp part of the terminal.Use: LST, SJBplus, SJB-NPE, AST.N3x10-FH000For connection of three conductors of cross section 10 mm 2to the clamp part of one terminal.Use: LST, OLE, OLI, SJB, SJBC, SVBC, SVM, AST.E58

Other devicesMiniaTERMINAL BOARDTerminal boardFor branching lr connection of PEN, PE, N and L conductors.They are used in switchboards, which are not deliveredwith terminal blocks.Mounting on 35 mm „U“ rail according to EN 60715.Colour: green, blue, grey.Colour Number Type Product Weight Packageof terminals code [kg] [pcs]7 x 16 mm 2 CS-N7 35901 0.026 10blue 12 x 16 mm 2 CS-N12 35902 0.030 1015 x 16 mm 2 CS-N15 35903 0.048 107 x 16 mm 2 CS-PE7 35904 0.026 10green 12 x 16 mm 2 CS-PE12 35905 0.030 1015 x 16 mm 2 CS-PE15 35906 0.048 107 x 16 mm 2 CS-L71)35898 0.026 10grey 12 x 16 mm 2 CS-L12 1) 35899 0.030 1015 x 16 mm 2 CS-L15 1) 35900 0.048 101)covered designSpecificationsTypeCS-PE, CS-N, CS-LStandards EN 60947-1Approval marksMounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35Connection 1 ÷ 16 mm 2DimensionsCS-N15, CS-PE15CS-N12, CS-PE12CS-N7, CS-PE751.551.58551.5104235.523.5254.565.5 23.565.523.523254.523254.5CS-L15CS-L12CS-L75388107136261362613626E59

MiniaOther devicesNOTESE60

Modular devicesMiniaGLOSSARYNote: Precise definitions and texts relating to the specified terms, are contained in relevant standards see Name.Name Symbol InterpretationRated operating voltageEN 60898-1; 5.2.1.1EN 60947-1; 4.3.1.1U eThe value of voltage stated by the manufacturer. Relevant tests or utilization categories relate to it.Together with rated (operating) current, it determines the use of the device. Maximum value of ratedoperating voltage must never be higher than the value of rated insulation voltage.Max. operating voltage U maxMaximum value of operating voltage, at which device function is not endangered.Min. operating voltage U minMinimum value of voltage conditioning correct function (of circuit breakers, switches etc.) or testof correct function (residual current circuit breakers).Rated currentEN 60898-1; 5.2.2IEC 755; 4.2.5EN 61008-1; 5.2.2EN 61009-1; 5.2.2Rated operating currentEN 60947-1; 4.3.2.3Utilization categoryEN 60947-1; 4.4; Supplement ARated thermal current without coverEN 60947-1; 4.3.2.1Rated thermal current with coverEN 60947-1; 4.3.2.2Rated short-circuit ultimate breakingcapacityEN 60898-1; 3.5.5.1Rated short-circuit service breaking capacityEN 60898-1; 3.5.5.2Rated short-circuit breaking capacityEN 60898-1; 5.2.4Energy limitation classEN 60898-1; Supplement ZARated frequencyEN 60898-1; 5.2.3EN 60947-1; 4.3.3IEC 755; 4.2.5I nI eAC-xxDC-xxI thI theI cuI csI cnf nThe value of current assigned to a circuit breaker or residual current circuit breaker by the manufacturer,which the device can conduct continuously. For circuit breakers and residual current circuit breakerswith overcurrent release also at a reference temperature.Rated operating current of the device is stated by the manufacturer with regard to rated operatingvoltage, rated frequency, rated duty, utilization category and enclosure type, if applicable.Utilization category of a device defines its assumed use. It is characterized by one or several operatingconditions: current expressed as multiple of I e, voltage expressed as multiple of U e, power factor or timeconstant, short-circuit behaviour, selectivity, other operating conditions depending on circumstances.Maximum value of current, which can be transferred by open device in eight-hour operation withoutexceeding its permissible temperature rise.Maximum value of current, which can be transferred by a device in specified enclosure in eight-houroperation without exceeding its permissible temperature rise.The value of short-circuit current expressed as root-mean-square value of alternating componentof prospective short-circuit current in place of utilization of the circuit breaker, which it must be able toswitch off repeatedly. After the test the circuit breaker need not be able to conduct 0.85 multiple of itsnon-switching current for an agreed time.The value of short-circuit current expressed as root-mean-square value of alternating componentof prospective short-circuit current in place of utilization of the circuit breaker, which it must be able toswitch off repeatedly under test conditions (EN 60 898-1; 9.12.11.4.2 and 9.12.12.1). After the test thecircuit breaker shall be able to conduct 0.85 multiple of its non-switching current for an agreed time.The value of rated short-circuit ultimate breaking capacity stated for this circuit breaker by themanufacturer in accordance with test conditions (EN 60 898-1; 9.12.11.4.2 and 9.12.12.1)The following must apply: I cn≥ I k“It determines maximum value of I 2 t [A 2 s] released by the circuit breaker depending on its I n, I cnand typeof tripping characteristic. It makes it possible to state selectivity with a backup fuse (I 2 t released by thecircuit breakers must be less than blowing current I 2 t of the fuse) and short-circuit protection of thecable (I 2 t released by the circuit breaker must be less or equal to S 2 k 2 of the cable). On the basis of classesof energy limitation it is not possible to state unambiguously selectivity of two circuit breakers in series.Network frequency the device is designed for and the other characteristic values correspond to.F1

MiniaModular devicesGLOSSARYName Symbol InterpretationRated conditional short-circuit currentEN 60947-1; 4.3.6.4IEC 755; 4.3.2Initial peak short-circuit currentEN 60909-0; 1.3.5Prospective currentEN 60898-1; 3.5.2I ncI k“I pThe value of prospective short-circuit current stated by the manufacturer, which can be reliablytransferred by a short-circuit protection device stated by the manufacturer for the time of operationof this device.The following must apply: I nc≥ I k“The value of short-circuit current at the moment of its origin in given point of wiring expressed as rootmean-squarevalue of alternating symmetric component of prospective short-circuit current.Current, which would have passed through the circuit, if every pole of the circuit breaker be replacedby a conductor of a negligible impedance.Rated residual operating currentIEC 755; 4.2.2EN 61008-1; 5.2.3EN 61009-1; 5.2.3Rated impulse withstand voltageEN 60664-1; 1.3.8.1; 1.3.9.2EN 60947-1; 4.3.1.3EN 60898-1; 5.2.1.3EN 61008-1; 5.2.1.Z1Overvoltage categoryEN 60664-1; 2.2.2.1EN 60947-1; 2.5.60EN 60898-1; 3.6.5EN 61008-1; 3.Z1.5EN 61009-1; 3.Z1.5Maximum constant operating voltageEN 61643-11; 3.11Voltage protection levelEN 61643-11; 3.15Rated discharge currentEN 61643-11; 3.8Maximum discharge currentEN 61643-11; 3.10Lightning currentEN 61643-11; 3.9Quenching follow-currentEN 61643-11; 3.41Rated loading currentEN 61643-11; 3.14I ΔnU impU cU pI nI maxI impI fiI LRoot-mean-square value of residual operating current stated for the residual current circuit breakerby the manufacturer, at which the residual current circuit breaker must operate under stated conditions.Peak value of voltage impulse of a prescribed shape and polarity, which the device is able to withstandwithout failure under stated conditions and to which the values of aerial distances relate. U impof thedevice must be equal to or higher than the value stated for transient overvoltage in the point of thecircuit (overvoltage category) the device is used in.Numerically defined level of transient overvoltage i.e. overvoltage originating from atmospheric orswitching overvoltage. Standard EN 60664-1 states for electric equipment overvoltage categories:Overvoltage category IV: beginning of installation, outside leadOvervoltage category III: fixed wiringOvervoltage category II: appliancesOvervoltage category I: light-current applianceMaximum root-mean-square value of alternating or direct current voltage, which can be permanentlyapplied to the arrester terminals. It must be equal to or higher than rated network voltage.Maximum instantaneous value of voltage on the arrester, determined by appropriate tests. Itcharacterizes arrester action in voltage limitation on its terminals.Peak value of current with impulse shape 8/20 μs, for which the arrester is rated. It can pass through itrepeatedly. (It relates to T2.)Peak value of current with impulse shape 8/20 μs, at which the surge voltage arrester still is notdamaged. This current can pass through the arrester twice, while the disconnecting device can onlyreact at the second impulse. (It relates to T2.)It is defined by three parameters – peak current I peak , charge Q and specific energy W/R. Lightningcurrent arresters must be able to release impulse current at least twice without their damage. (It relatesto T1.)Short-circuit current, the arrester itself is able to interrupt. (It relates to T1.)Maximum permanent rated root-mean-square or direct current, which can flow in a load connectedto protected output terminals of the surge voltage arrester. (It relates tok T3.)F2

Modular devicesMiniaNOTES

MiniaModular devicesNOTES

OEZ s.r.o.Šedivská 339561 51 LetohradCzech Republictel.: +420 465 672 111+420 465 672 101fax: +420 465 672 398+420 465 672 151e-mail: oeztrade.cz@oez.comwww.oez.com

www.oez.comN1-2011-AAny changes reserved